forked from AuroraMiddleware/gtk
docs: use Returns: consistently
Instead of Return value:
This commit is contained in:
parent
a6084e264d
commit
469d333aa2
14
gdk/gdk.c
14
gdk/gdk.c
@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ gdk_get_display_arg_name (void)
|
|||||||
* display has previously been set, simply returns that. An internal
|
* display has previously been set, simply returns that. An internal
|
||||||
* function that should not be used by applications.
|
* function that should not be used by applications.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): the default display, if it could be
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the default display, if it could be
|
||||||
* opened, otherwise %NULL.
|
* opened, otherwise %NULL.
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
GdkDisplay *
|
GdkDisplay *
|
||||||
@ -701,7 +701,7 @@ gdk_threads_dispatch_free (gpointer data)
|
|||||||
* }
|
* }
|
||||||
* ]|
|
* ]|
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the ID (greater than 0) of the event source.
|
* Returns: the ID (greater than 0) of the event source.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.12
|
* Since: 2.12
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -736,7 +736,7 @@ gdk_threads_add_idle_full (gint priority,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* See gdk_threads_add_idle_full().
|
* See gdk_threads_add_idle_full().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the ID (greater than 0) of the event source.
|
* Returns: the ID (greater than 0) of the event source.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.12
|
* Since: 2.12
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -803,7 +803,7 @@ gdk_threads_add_idle (GSourceFunc function,
|
|||||||
* }
|
* }
|
||||||
* ]|
|
* ]|
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the ID (greater than 0) of the event source.
|
* Returns: the ID (greater than 0) of the event source.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.12
|
* Since: 2.12
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ gdk_threads_add_timeout_full (gint priority,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* See gdk_threads_add_timeout_full().
|
* See gdk_threads_add_timeout_full().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the ID (greater than 0) of the event source.
|
* Returns: the ID (greater than 0) of the event source.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.12
|
* Since: 2.12
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -869,7 +869,7 @@ gdk_threads_add_timeout (guint interval,
|
|||||||
* See g_timeout_add_seconds_full() for a discussion of why it is
|
* See g_timeout_add_seconds_full() for a discussion of why it is
|
||||||
* a good idea to use this function if you don’t need finer granularity.
|
* a good idea to use this function if you don’t need finer granularity.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the ID (greater than 0) of the event source.
|
* Returns: the ID (greater than 0) of the event source.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.14
|
* Since: 2.14
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -907,7 +907,7 @@ gdk_threads_add_timeout_seconds_full (gint priority,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* For details, see gdk_threads_add_timeout_full().
|
* For details, see gdk_threads_add_timeout_full().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the ID (greater than 0) of the event source.
|
* Returns: the ID (greater than 0) of the event source.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.14
|
* Since: 2.14
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* The result must be freed using gdk_color_free().
|
* The result must be freed using gdk_color_free().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a copy of @color
|
* Returns: a copy of @color
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
GdkColor*
|
GdkColor*
|
||||||
gdk_color_copy (const GdkColor *color)
|
gdk_color_copy (const GdkColor *color)
|
||||||
@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ gdk_color_free (GdkColor *color)
|
|||||||
* A hash function suitable for using for a hash
|
* A hash function suitable for using for a hash
|
||||||
* table that stores #GdkColors.
|
* table that stores #GdkColors.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: The hash function applied to @color
|
* Returns: The hash function applied to @color
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
guint
|
guint
|
||||||
gdk_color_hash (const GdkColor *color)
|
gdk_color_hash (const GdkColor *color)
|
||||||
@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ gdk_color_hash (const GdkColor *color)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Compares two colors.
|
* Compares two colors.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the two colors compare equal
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the two colors compare equal
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
gboolean
|
gboolean
|
||||||
gdk_color_equal (const GdkColor *colora,
|
gdk_color_equal (const GdkColor *colora,
|
||||||
@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ G_DEFINE_BOXED_TYPE (GdkColor, gdk_color,
|
|||||||
* (White in the four forms is “\#fff”, “\#ffffff”, “\#fffffffff”
|
* (White in the four forms is “\#fff”, “\#ffffff”, “\#fffffffff”
|
||||||
* and “\#ffffffffffff”).
|
* and “\#ffffffffffff”).
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the parsing succeeded
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the parsing succeeded
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
gboolean
|
gboolean
|
||||||
gdk_color_parse (const gchar *spec,
|
gdk_color_parse (const gchar *spec,
|
||||||
@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ gdk_color_parse (const gchar *spec,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* The returned string can be parsed by gdk_color_parse().
|
* The returned string can be parsed by gdk_color_parse().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a newly-allocated text string
|
* Returns: a newly-allocated text string
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.12
|
* Since: 2.12
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ gdk_cursor_init (GdkCursor *cursor)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Adds a reference to @cursor.
|
* Adds a reference to @cursor.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer full): Same @cursor that was passed in
|
* Returns: (transfer full): Same @cursor that was passed in
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Deprecated: 3.0: Use g_object_ref() instead
|
* Deprecated: 3.0: Use g_object_ref() instead
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ gdk_cursor_unref (GdkCursor *cursor)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* To make the cursor invisible, use %GDK_BLANK_CURSOR.
|
* To make the cursor invisible, use %GDK_BLANK_CURSOR.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a new #GdkCursor
|
* Returns: a new #GdkCursor
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
GdkCursor*
|
GdkCursor*
|
||||||
gdk_cursor_new (GdkCursorType cursor_type)
|
gdk_cursor_new (GdkCursorType cursor_type)
|
||||||
@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ gdk_cursor_new (GdkCursorType cursor_type)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Returns the cursor type for this cursor.
|
* Returns the cursor type for this cursor.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a #GdkCursorType
|
* Returns: a #GdkCursorType
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.22
|
* Since: 2.22
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ gdk_cursor_get_cursor_type (GdkCursor *cursor)
|
|||||||
* - ![](sb_v_double_arrow.png) #GDK_SB_V_DOUBLE_ARROW (move horizontal splitter)
|
* - ![](sb_v_double_arrow.png) #GDK_SB_V_DOUBLE_ARROW (move horizontal splitter)
|
||||||
* - #GDK_BLANK_CURSOR (Blank cursor). Since 2.16
|
* - #GDK_BLANK_CURSOR (Blank cursor). Since 2.16
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a new #GdkCursor
|
* Returns: a new #GdkCursor
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.2
|
* Since: 2.2
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
|
@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ gdk_pointer_ungrab (guint32 time)
|
|||||||
* Note that this does not take the inmplicit pointer grab on button
|
* Note that this does not take the inmplicit pointer grab on button
|
||||||
* presses into account.
|
* presses into account.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the pointer is currently grabbed by this application.
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the pointer is currently grabbed by this application.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Deprecated: 3.0: Use gdk_display_device_is_grabbed() instead.
|
* Deprecated: 3.0: Use gdk_display_device_is_grabbed() instead.
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ gdk_keyboard_ungrab (guint32 time)
|
|||||||
* NOTE: For multihead-aware widgets or applications use
|
* NOTE: For multihead-aware widgets or applications use
|
||||||
* gdk_display_get_window_at_pointer() instead.
|
* gdk_display_get_window_at_pointer() instead.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): window under the mouse pointer
|
* Returns: (transfer none): window under the mouse pointer
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Deprecated: 3.0: Use gdk_device_get_window_at_position() instead.
|
* Deprecated: 3.0: Use gdk_device_get_window_at_position() instead.
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
|
@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ gdk_device_get_window_at_position (GdkDevice *device,
|
|||||||
* more motion events delivered directly, independent of the windowing
|
* more motion events delivered directly, independent of the windowing
|
||||||
* system.
|
* system.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the windowing system supports motion history and
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the windowing system supports motion history and
|
||||||
* at least one event was found.
|
* at least one event was found.
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
gboolean
|
gboolean
|
||||||
@ -667,7 +667,7 @@ gdk_device_free_history (GdkTimeCoord **events,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Determines the name of the device.
|
* Determines the name of the device.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a name
|
* Returns: a name
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.20
|
* Since: 2.20
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -685,7 +685,7 @@ gdk_device_get_name (GdkDevice *device)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Determines whether the pointer follows device motion.
|
* Determines whether the pointer follows device motion.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the pointer follows device motion
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the pointer follows device motion
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.20
|
* Since: 2.20
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -704,7 +704,7 @@ gdk_device_get_has_cursor (GdkDevice *device)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Determines the type of the device.
|
* Determines the type of the device.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a #GdkInputSource
|
* Returns: a #GdkInputSource
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.20
|
* Since: 2.20
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -722,7 +722,7 @@ gdk_device_get_source (GdkDevice *device)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Determines the mode of the device.
|
* Determines the mode of the device.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a #GdkInputSource
|
* Returns: a #GdkInputSource
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.20
|
* Since: 2.20
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -1169,7 +1169,7 @@ gdk_device_get_axis_value (GdkDevice *device,
|
|||||||
* Interprets an array of double as axis values for a given device,
|
* Interprets an array of double as axis values for a given device,
|
||||||
* and locates the value in the array for a given axis use.
|
* and locates the value in the array for a given axis use.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the given axis use was found, otherwise %FALSE
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the given axis use was found, otherwise %FALSE
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
gboolean
|
gboolean
|
||||||
gdk_device_get_axis (GdkDevice *device,
|
gdk_device_get_axis (GdkDevice *device,
|
||||||
|
@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ gdk_display_is_closed (GdkDisplay *display)
|
|||||||
* Gets the next #GdkEvent to be processed for @display, fetching events from the
|
* Gets the next #GdkEvent to be processed for @display, fetching events from the
|
||||||
* windowing system if necessary.
|
* windowing system if necessary.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the next #GdkEvent to be processed, or %NULL if no events
|
* Returns: the next #GdkEvent to be processed, or %NULL if no events
|
||||||
* are pending. The returned #GdkEvent should be freed with gdk_event_free().
|
* are pending. The returned #GdkEvent should be freed with gdk_event_free().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.2
|
* Since: 2.2
|
||||||
@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ gdk_display_get_event (GdkDisplay *display)
|
|||||||
* not get more events from the windowing system. It only checks the events
|
* not get more events from the windowing system. It only checks the events
|
||||||
* that have already been moved to the GDK event queue.)
|
* that have already been moved to the GDK event queue.)
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a copy of the first #GdkEvent on the event queue, or %NULL
|
* Returns: a copy of the first #GdkEvent on the event queue, or %NULL
|
||||||
* if no events are in the queue. The returned #GdkEvent should be freed with
|
* if no events are in the queue. The returned #GdkEvent should be freed with
|
||||||
* gdk_event_free().
|
* gdk_event_free().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
@ -1288,7 +1288,7 @@ _gdk_display_pointer_info_foreach (GdkDisplay *display,
|
|||||||
* Determines information about the current keyboard grab.
|
* Determines information about the current keyboard grab.
|
||||||
* This is not public API and must not be used by applications.
|
* This is not public API and must not be used by applications.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if this application currently has the
|
* Returns: %TRUE if this application currently has the
|
||||||
* keyboard grabbed.
|
* keyboard grabbed.
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
gboolean
|
gboolean
|
||||||
@ -1553,7 +1553,7 @@ gdk_display_flush (GdkDisplay *display)
|
|||||||
* on @display. This window is implicitly created by GDK.
|
* on @display. This window is implicitly created by GDK.
|
||||||
* See gdk_window_set_group().
|
* See gdk_window_set_group().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): The default group leader window
|
* Returns: (transfer none): The default group leader window
|
||||||
* for @display
|
* for @display
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
@ -1573,7 +1573,7 @@ gdk_display_get_default_group (GdkDisplay *display)
|
|||||||
* Returns whether #GdkEventOwnerChange events will be
|
* Returns whether #GdkEventOwnerChange events will be
|
||||||
* sent when the owner of a selection changes.
|
* sent when the owner of a selection changes.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: whether #GdkEventOwnerChange events will
|
* Returns: whether #GdkEventOwnerChange events will
|
||||||
* be sent.
|
* be sent.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.6
|
* Since: 2.6
|
||||||
@ -1595,7 +1595,7 @@ gdk_display_supports_selection_notification (GdkDisplay *display)
|
|||||||
* Request #GdkEventOwnerChange events for ownership changes
|
* Request #GdkEventOwnerChange events for ownership changes
|
||||||
* of the selection named by the given atom.
|
* of the selection named by the given atom.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: whether #GdkEventOwnerChange events will
|
* Returns: whether #GdkEventOwnerChange events will
|
||||||
* be sent.
|
* be sent.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.6
|
* Since: 2.6
|
||||||
@ -1727,7 +1727,7 @@ gdk_display_supports_composite (GdkDisplay *display)
|
|||||||
* Returns the list of available input devices attached to @display.
|
* Returns the list of available input devices attached to @display.
|
||||||
* The list is statically allocated and should not be freed.
|
* The list is statically allocated and should not be freed.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none) (element-type GdkDevice):
|
* Returns: (transfer none) (element-type GdkDevice):
|
||||||
* a list of #GdkDevice
|
* a list of #GdkDevice
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.2
|
* Since: 2.2
|
||||||
@ -1780,7 +1780,7 @@ gdk_display_get_app_launch_context (GdkDisplay *display)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Opens a display.
|
* Opens a display.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): a #GdkDisplay, or %NULL
|
* Returns: (transfer none): a #GdkDisplay, or %NULL
|
||||||
* if the display could not be opened
|
* if the display could not be opened
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.2
|
* Since: 2.2
|
||||||
@ -2069,7 +2069,7 @@ _gdk_display_create_window (GdkDisplay *display)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Returns the #GdkKeymap attached to @display.
|
* Returns the #GdkKeymap attached to @display.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): the #GdkKeymap attached to @display.
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the #GdkKeymap attached to @display.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.2
|
* Since: 2.2
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -2215,7 +2215,7 @@ gdk_error_trap_pop_ignored (void)
|
|||||||
* sync for you, so you had to gdk_flush() if your last
|
* sync for you, so you had to gdk_flush() if your last
|
||||||
* call to Xlib was not a blocking round trip.
|
* call to Xlib was not a blocking round trip.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: X error code or 0 on success
|
* Returns: X error code or 0 on success
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
gint
|
gint
|
||||||
gdk_error_trap_pop (void)
|
gdk_error_trap_pop (void)
|
||||||
|
@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ gdk_display_manager_set_default_display (GdkDisplayManager *manager,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* List all currently open displays.
|
* List all currently open displays.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer container) (element-type GdkDisplay): a newly
|
* Returns: (transfer container) (element-type GdkDisplay): a newly
|
||||||
* allocated #GSList of #GdkDisplay objects. Free with g_slist_free()
|
* allocated #GSList of #GdkDisplay objects. Free with g_slist_free()
|
||||||
* when you are done with it.
|
* when you are done with it.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ gdk_display_manager_list_displays (GdkDisplayManager *manager)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Opens a display.
|
* Opens a display.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): a #GdkDisplay, or %NULL
|
* Returns: (transfer none): a #GdkDisplay, or %NULL
|
||||||
* if the display could not be opened
|
* if the display could not be opened
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.0
|
* Since: 3.0
|
||||||
|
16
gdk/gdkdnd.c
16
gdk/gdkdnd.c
@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Retrieves the list of targets of the context.
|
* Retrieves the list of targets of the context.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none) (element-type GdkAtom): a #GList of targets
|
* Returns: (transfer none) (element-type GdkAtom): a #GList of targets
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.22
|
* Since: 2.22
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ gdk_drag_context_list_targets (GdkDragContext *context)
|
|||||||
* Determines the bitmask of actions proposed by the source if
|
* Determines the bitmask of actions proposed by the source if
|
||||||
* gdk_drag_context_get_suggested_action() returns GDK_ACTION_ASK.
|
* gdk_drag_context_get_suggested_action() returns GDK_ACTION_ASK.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the #GdkDragAction flags
|
* Returns: the #GdkDragAction flags
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.22
|
* Since: 2.22
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ gdk_drag_context_get_actions (GdkDragContext *context)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Determines the suggested drag action of the context.
|
* Determines the suggested drag action of the context.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a #GdkDragAction value
|
* Returns: a #GdkDragAction value
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.22
|
* Since: 2.22
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ gdk_drag_context_get_suggested_action (GdkDragContext *context)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Determines the action chosen by the drag destination.
|
* Determines the action chosen by the drag destination.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a #GdkDragAction value
|
* Returns: a #GdkDragAction value
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.22
|
* Since: 2.22
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ gdk_drag_context_get_selected_action (GdkDragContext *context)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Returns the #GdkWindow where the DND operation started.
|
* Returns the #GdkWindow where the DND operation started.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): a #GdkWindow
|
* Returns: (transfer none): a #GdkWindow
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.22
|
* Since: 2.22
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ gdk_drag_context_get_source_window (GdkDragContext *context)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Returns the destination windw for the DND operation.
|
* Returns the destination windw for the DND operation.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): a #GdkWindow
|
* Returns: (transfer none): a #GdkWindow
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.0
|
* Since: 3.0
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ gdk_drop_finish (GdkDragContext *context,
|
|||||||
* handling a %GDK_DROP_FINISHED event, its return value is
|
* handling a %GDK_DROP_FINISHED event, its return value is
|
||||||
* meaningless at other times.
|
* meaningless at other times.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the drop was successful.
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the drop was successful.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.6
|
* Since: 2.6
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ gdk_drag_drop_succeeded (GdkDragContext *context)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Returns the selection atom for the current source window.
|
* Returns the selection atom for the current source window.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): the selection atom, or %GDK_NONE
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the selection atom, or %GDK_NONE
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
GdkAtom
|
GdkAtom
|
||||||
gdk_drag_get_selection (GdkDragContext *context)
|
gdk_drag_get_selection (GdkDragContext *context)
|
||||||
|
@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ _gdk_event_emit (GdkEvent *event)
|
|||||||
* Find the first event on the queue that is not still
|
* Find the first event on the queue that is not still
|
||||||
* being filled in.
|
* being filled in.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: Pointer to the list node for that event, or NULL.
|
* Returns: Pointer to the list node for that event, or NULL.
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
GList*
|
GList*
|
||||||
_gdk_event_queue_find_first (GdkDisplay *display)
|
_gdk_event_queue_find_first (GdkDisplay *display)
|
||||||
@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ _gdk_event_queue_remove_link (GdkDisplay *display,
|
|||||||
* Removes and returns the first event from the event
|
* Removes and returns the first event from the event
|
||||||
* queue that is not still being filled in.
|
* queue that is not still being filled in.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the event, or %NULL. Ownership is transferred
|
* Returns: the event, or %NULL. Ownership is transferred
|
||||||
* to the caller.
|
* to the caller.
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
GdkEvent*
|
GdkEvent*
|
||||||
@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ gdk_event_handler_set (GdkEventFunc func,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Checks if any events are ready to be processed for any display.
|
* Checks if any events are ready to be processed for any display.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if any events are pending.
|
* Returns: %TRUE if any events are pending.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
gboolean
|
gboolean
|
||||||
gdk_events_pending (void)
|
gdk_events_pending (void)
|
||||||
@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ gdk_events_pending (void)
|
|||||||
* on, fetching events from the windowing system if necessary.
|
* on, fetching events from the windowing system if necessary.
|
||||||
* See gdk_display_get_event().
|
* See gdk_display_get_event().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the next #GdkEvent to be processed, or %NULL if no events
|
* Returns: the next #GdkEvent to be processed, or %NULL if no events
|
||||||
* are pending. The returned #GdkEvent should be freed with gdk_event_free().
|
* are pending. The returned #GdkEvent should be freed with gdk_event_free().
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
GdkEvent*
|
GdkEvent*
|
||||||
@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ gdk_event_get (void)
|
|||||||
* If there is an event waiting in the event queue of some open
|
* If there is an event waiting in the event queue of some open
|
||||||
* display, returns a copy of it. See gdk_display_peek_event().
|
* display, returns a copy of it. See gdk_display_peek_event().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a copy of the first #GdkEvent on some event queue, or %NULL if no
|
* Returns: a copy of the first #GdkEvent on some event queue, or %NULL if no
|
||||||
* events are in any queues. The returned #GdkEvent should be freed with
|
* events are in any queues. The returned #GdkEvent should be freed with
|
||||||
* gdk_event_free().
|
* gdk_event_free().
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ static GHashTable *event_hash = NULL;
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Creates a new event of the given type. All fields are set to 0.
|
* Creates a new event of the given type. All fields are set to 0.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a newly-allocated #GdkEvent. The returned #GdkEvent
|
* Returns: a newly-allocated #GdkEvent. The returned #GdkEvent
|
||||||
* should be freed with gdk_event_free().
|
* should be freed with gdk_event_free().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.2
|
* Since: 2.2
|
||||||
@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ _gdk_event_get_pointer_emulated (GdkEvent *event)
|
|||||||
* Copies a #GdkEvent, copying or incrementing the reference count of the
|
* Copies a #GdkEvent, copying or incrementing the reference count of the
|
||||||
* resources associated with it (e.g. #GdkWindow’s and strings).
|
* resources associated with it (e.g. #GdkWindow’s and strings).
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a copy of @event. The returned #GdkEvent should be freed with
|
* Returns: a copy of @event. The returned #GdkEvent should be freed with
|
||||||
* gdk_event_free().
|
* gdk_event_free().
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
GdkEvent*
|
GdkEvent*
|
||||||
@ -820,7 +820,7 @@ gdk_event_free (GdkEvent *event)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Extracts the #GdkWindow associated with an event.
|
* Extracts the #GdkWindow associated with an event.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): The #GdkWindow associated with the event
|
* Returns: (transfer none): The #GdkWindow associated with the event
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.10
|
* Since: 3.10
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -839,7 +839,7 @@ gdk_event_get_window (const GdkEvent *event)
|
|||||||
* Returns the time stamp from @event, if there is one; otherwise
|
* Returns the time stamp from @event, if there is one; otherwise
|
||||||
* returns #GDK_CURRENT_TIME. If @event is %NULL, returns #GDK_CURRENT_TIME.
|
* returns #GDK_CURRENT_TIME. If @event is %NULL, returns #GDK_CURRENT_TIME.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: time stamp field from @event
|
* Returns: time stamp field from @event
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
guint32
|
guint32
|
||||||
gdk_event_get_time (const GdkEvent *event)
|
gdk_event_get_time (const GdkEvent *event)
|
||||||
@ -916,7 +916,7 @@ gdk_event_get_time (const GdkEvent *event)
|
|||||||
* in the event. @event may be %NULL, in which case it’s treated
|
* in the event. @event may be %NULL, in which case it’s treated
|
||||||
* as if the event had no state field.
|
* as if the event had no state field.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if there was a state field in the event
|
* Returns: %TRUE if there was a state field in the event
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
gboolean
|
gboolean
|
||||||
gdk_event_get_state (const GdkEvent *event,
|
gdk_event_get_state (const GdkEvent *event,
|
||||||
@ -997,7 +997,7 @@ gdk_event_get_state (const GdkEvent *event,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Extract the event window relative x/y coordinates from an event.
|
* Extract the event window relative x/y coordinates from an event.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the event delivered event window coordinates
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the event delivered event window coordinates
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
gboolean
|
gboolean
|
||||||
gdk_event_get_coords (const GdkEvent *event,
|
gdk_event_get_coords (const GdkEvent *event,
|
||||||
@ -1063,7 +1063,7 @@ gdk_event_get_coords (const GdkEvent *event,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Extract the root window relative x/y coordinates from an event.
|
* Extract the root window relative x/y coordinates from an event.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the event delivered root window coordinates
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the event delivered root window coordinates
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
gboolean
|
gboolean
|
||||||
gdk_event_get_root_coords (const GdkEvent *event,
|
gdk_event_get_root_coords (const GdkEvent *event,
|
||||||
@ -1133,7 +1133,7 @@ gdk_event_get_root_coords (const GdkEvent *event,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Extract the button number from an event.
|
* Extract the button number from an event.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the event delivered a button number
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the event delivered a button number
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.2
|
* Since: 3.2
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -1172,7 +1172,7 @@ gdk_event_get_button (const GdkEvent *event,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Extracts the click count from an event.
|
* Extracts the click count from an event.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the event delivered a click count
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the event delivered a click count
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.2
|
* Since: 3.2
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -1215,7 +1215,7 @@ gdk_event_get_click_count (const GdkEvent *event,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Extracts the keyval from an event.
|
* Extracts the keyval from an event.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the event delivered a key symbol
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the event delivered a key symbol
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.2
|
* Since: 3.2
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -1250,7 +1250,7 @@ gdk_event_get_keyval (const GdkEvent *event,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Extracts the hardware keycode from an event.
|
* Extracts the hardware keycode from an event.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the event delivered a hardware keycode
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the event delivered a hardware keycode
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.2
|
* Since: 3.2
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -1285,7 +1285,7 @@ gdk_event_get_keycode (const GdkEvent *event,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Extracts the scroll direction from an event.
|
* Extracts the scroll direction from an event.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the event delivered a scroll direction
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the event delivered a scroll direction
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.2
|
* Since: 3.2
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -1370,7 +1370,7 @@ gdk_event_get_scroll_deltas (const GdkEvent *event,
|
|||||||
* Extract the axis value for a particular axis use from
|
* Extract the axis value for a particular axis use from
|
||||||
* an event structure.
|
* an event structure.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the specified axis was found, otherwise %FALSE
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the specified axis was found, otherwise %FALSE
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
gboolean
|
gboolean
|
||||||
gdk_event_get_axis (const GdkEvent *event,
|
gdk_event_get_axis (const GdkEvent *event,
|
||||||
@ -1921,7 +1921,7 @@ gdk_event_set_screen (GdkEvent *event,
|
|||||||
* to which `event->motion.x_root` and
|
* to which `event->motion.x_root` and
|
||||||
* `event->motion.y_root` are relative.
|
* `event->motion.y_root` are relative.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): the screen for the event
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the screen for the event
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.2
|
* Since: 2.2
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -1992,7 +1992,7 @@ gdk_set_show_events (gboolean show_events)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Gets whether event debugging output is enabled.
|
* Gets whether event debugging output is enabled.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if event debugging output is enabled.
|
* Returns: %TRUE if event debugging output is enabled.
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
gboolean
|
gboolean
|
||||||
gdk_get_show_events (void)
|
gdk_get_show_events (void)
|
||||||
@ -2225,7 +2225,7 @@ gdk_setting_get (const gchar *name,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Retrieves the type of the event.
|
* Retrieves the type of the event.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a #GdkEventType
|
* Returns: a #GdkEventType
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.10
|
* Since: 3.10
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ gdk_frame_clock_init (GdkFrameClock *clock)
|
|||||||
* time.
|
* time.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.8
|
* Since: 3.8
|
||||||
* Return value: a timestamp in microseconds, in the timescale of
|
* Returns: a timestamp in microseconds, in the timescale of
|
||||||
* of g_get_monotonic_time().
|
* of g_get_monotonic_time().
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
gint64
|
gint64
|
||||||
@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ gdk_frame_clock_get_frame_counter (GdkFrameClock *frame_clock)
|
|||||||
* gdk_frame_clock_get_history_start() and
|
* gdk_frame_clock_get_history_start() and
|
||||||
* gdk_frame_clock_get_frame_counter(), inclusive.
|
* gdk_frame_clock_get_frame_counter(), inclusive.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the frame counter value for the oldest frame
|
* Returns: the frame counter value for the oldest frame
|
||||||
* that is available in the internal frame history of the
|
* that is available in the internal frame history of the
|
||||||
* #GdkFrameClock.
|
* #GdkFrameClock.
|
||||||
* Since: 3.8
|
* Since: 3.8
|
||||||
@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ _gdk_frame_clock_begin_frame (GdkFrameClock *frame_clock)
|
|||||||
* for the current frame or a recent frame. The #GdkFrameTimings
|
* for the current frame or a recent frame. The #GdkFrameTimings
|
||||||
* object may not yet be complete: see gdk_frame_timings_get_complete().
|
* object may not yet be complete: see gdk_frame_timings_get_complete().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the #GdkFrameTimings object for the specified
|
* Returns: the #GdkFrameTimings object for the specified
|
||||||
* frame, or %NULL if it is not available. See
|
* frame, or %NULL if it is not available. See
|
||||||
* gdk_frame_clock_get_history_start().
|
* gdk_frame_clock_get_history_start().
|
||||||
* Since: 3.8
|
* Since: 3.8
|
||||||
|
@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ gdk_keymap_get_modifier_state (GdkKeymap *keymap)
|
|||||||
* The returned array should be freed
|
* The returned array should be freed
|
||||||
* with g_free().
|
* with g_free().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if keys were found and returned
|
* Returns: %TRUE if keys were found and returned
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
gboolean
|
gboolean
|
||||||
gdk_keymap_get_entries_for_keyval (GdkKeymap *keymap,
|
gdk_keymap_get_entries_for_keyval (GdkKeymap *keymap,
|
||||||
@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ gdk_keymap_get_entries_for_keycode (GdkKeymap *keymap,
|
|||||||
* this function, since the effective group/level may not be
|
* this function, since the effective group/level may not be
|
||||||
* the same as the current keyboard state.
|
* the same as the current keyboard state.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a keyval, or 0 if none was mapped to the given @key
|
* Returns: a keyval, or 0 if none was mapped to the given @key
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
guint
|
guint
|
||||||
gdk_keymap_lookup_key (GdkKeymap *keymap,
|
gdk_keymap_lookup_key (GdkKeymap *keymap,
|
||||||
@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ gdk_keymap_lookup_key (GdkKeymap *keymap,
|
|||||||
* you store accelerators, you should always store them with consumed
|
* you store accelerators, you should always store them with consumed
|
||||||
* modifiers removed. Store `<Control>plus`, not `<Control><Shift>plus`,
|
* modifiers removed. Store `<Control>plus`, not `<Control><Shift>plus`,
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if there was a keyval bound to the keycode/state/group
|
* Returns: %TRUE if there was a keyval bound to the keycode/state/group
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
gboolean
|
gboolean
|
||||||
gdk_keymap_translate_keyboard_state (GdkKeymap *keymap,
|
gdk_keymap_translate_keyboard_state (GdkKeymap *keymap,
|
||||||
@ -680,7 +680,7 @@ gdk_keymap_get_modifier_mask (GdkKeymap *keymap,
|
|||||||
* `gdk/gdkkeysyms.h` header file
|
* `gdk/gdkkeysyms.h` header file
|
||||||
* but without the leading “GDK_KEY_”.
|
* but without the leading “GDK_KEY_”.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): a string containing the name of the key,
|
* Returns: (transfer none): a string containing the name of the key,
|
||||||
* or %NULL if @keyval is not a valid key. The string should not be
|
* or %NULL if @keyval is not a valid key. The string should not be
|
||||||
* modified.
|
* modified.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
@ -879,7 +879,7 @@ static const struct {
|
|||||||
* Convert from a GDK key symbol to the corresponding ISO10646 (Unicode)
|
* Convert from a GDK key symbol to the corresponding ISO10646 (Unicode)
|
||||||
* character.
|
* character.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the corresponding unicode character, or 0 if there
|
* Returns: the corresponding unicode character, or 0 if there
|
||||||
* is no corresponding character.
|
* is no corresponding character.
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
guint32
|
guint32
|
||||||
@ -1678,7 +1678,7 @@ static const struct {
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Convert from a ISO10646 character to a key symbol.
|
* Convert from a ISO10646 character to a key symbol.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the corresponding GDK key symbol, if one exists.
|
* Returns: the corresponding GDK key symbol, if one exists.
|
||||||
* or, if there is no corresponding symbol,
|
* or, if there is no corresponding symbol,
|
||||||
* wc | 0x01000000
|
* wc | 0x01000000
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
|
@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ layout_iter_get_line_clip_region (PangoLayoutIter *iter,
|
|||||||
* the clip region. The clip region is mainly useful for highlightling parts
|
* the clip region. The clip region is mainly useful for highlightling parts
|
||||||
* of text, such as when text is selected.
|
* of text, such as when text is selected.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a clip region containing the given ranges
|
* Returns: a clip region containing the given ranges
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
cairo_region_t*
|
cairo_region_t*
|
||||||
gdk_pango_layout_line_get_clip_region (PangoLayoutLine *line,
|
gdk_pango_layout_line_get_clip_region (PangoLayoutLine *line,
|
||||||
@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ gdk_pango_layout_line_get_clip_region (PangoLayoutLine *line,
|
|||||||
* the clip region. The clip region is mainly useful for highlightling parts
|
* the clip region. The clip region is mainly useful for highlightling parts
|
||||||
* of text, such as when text is selected.
|
* of text, such as when text is selected.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a clip region containing the given ranges
|
* Returns: a clip region containing the given ranges
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
cairo_region_t*
|
cairo_region_t*
|
||||||
gdk_pango_layout_get_clip_region (PangoLayout *layout,
|
gdk_pango_layout_get_clip_region (PangoLayout *layout,
|
||||||
@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ gdk_pango_layout_get_clip_region (PangoLayout *layout,
|
|||||||
* is more convenient if you want to keep a context around and track
|
* is more convenient if you want to keep a context around and track
|
||||||
* changes to the screen’s font rendering settings.
|
* changes to the screen’s font rendering settings.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer full): a new #PangoContext for the default display
|
* Returns: (transfer full): a new #PangoContext for the default display
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
PangoContext *
|
PangoContext *
|
||||||
gdk_pango_context_get (void)
|
gdk_pango_context_get (void)
|
||||||
@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ gdk_pango_context_get (void)
|
|||||||
* is more convenient if you want to keep a context around and track
|
* is more convenient if you want to keep a context around and track
|
||||||
* changes to the screen’s font rendering settings.
|
* changes to the screen’s font rendering settings.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer full): a new #PangoContext for @screen
|
* Returns: (transfer full): a new #PangoContext for @screen
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.2
|
* Since: 2.2
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
|
@ -77,7 +77,7 @@
|
|||||||
* (In short, there are several ways this function can fail, and if it fails
|
* (In short, there are several ways this function can fail, and if it fails
|
||||||
* it returns %NULL; so check the return value.)
|
* it returns %NULL; so check the return value.)
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer full): A newly-created pixbuf with a reference
|
* Returns: (transfer full): A newly-created pixbuf with a reference
|
||||||
* count of 1, or %NULL on error
|
* count of 1, or %NULL on error
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
GdkPixbuf *
|
GdkPixbuf *
|
||||||
@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ convert_no_alpha (guchar *dest_data,
|
|||||||
* This function will create an RGB pixbuf with 8 bits per channel.
|
* This function will create an RGB pixbuf with 8 bits per channel.
|
||||||
* The pixbuf will contain an alpha channel if the @surface contains one.
|
* The pixbuf will contain an alpha channel if the @surface contains one.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer full): A newly-created pixbuf with a reference
|
* Returns: (transfer full): A newly-created pixbuf with a reference
|
||||||
* count of 1, or %NULL on error
|
* count of 1, or %NULL on error
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
GdkPixbuf *
|
GdkPixbuf *
|
||||||
|
@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ gdk_rgba_parse (GdkRGBA *rgba,
|
|||||||
* A hash function suitable for using for a hash
|
* A hash function suitable for using for a hash
|
||||||
* table that stores #GdkRGBAs.
|
* table that stores #GdkRGBAs.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: The hash value for @p
|
* Returns: The hash value for @p
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.0
|
* Since: 3.0
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ gdk_rgba_hash (gconstpointer p)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Compares two RGBA colors.
|
* Compares two RGBA colors.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the two colors compare equal
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the two colors compare equal
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.0
|
* Since: 3.0
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ gdk_screen_get_monitor_at_window (GdkScreen *screen,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Returns the width of the default screen in pixels.
|
* Returns the width of the default screen in pixels.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the width of the default screen in pixels.
|
* Returns: the width of the default screen in pixels.
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
gint
|
gint
|
||||||
gdk_screen_width (void)
|
gdk_screen_width (void)
|
||||||
@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ gdk_screen_width (void)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Returns the height of the default screen in pixels.
|
* Returns the height of the default screen in pixels.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the height of the default screen in pixels.
|
* Returns: the height of the default screen in pixels.
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
gint
|
gint
|
||||||
gdk_screen_height (void)
|
gdk_screen_height (void)
|
||||||
@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ gdk_screen_height (void)
|
|||||||
* Returns the width of the default screen in millimeters.
|
* Returns the width of the default screen in millimeters.
|
||||||
* Note that on many X servers this value will not be correct.
|
* Note that on many X servers this value will not be correct.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the width of the default screen in millimeters,
|
* Returns: the width of the default screen in millimeters,
|
||||||
* though it is not always correct.
|
* though it is not always correct.
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
gint
|
gint
|
||||||
@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ gdk_screen_width_mm (void)
|
|||||||
* Returns the height of the default screen in millimeters.
|
* Returns the height of the default screen in millimeters.
|
||||||
* Note that on many X servers this value will not be correct.
|
* Note that on many X servers this value will not be correct.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the height of the default screen in millimeters,
|
* Returns: the height of the default screen in millimeters,
|
||||||
* though it is not always correct.
|
* though it is not always correct.
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
gint
|
gint
|
||||||
@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ gdk_screen_set_font_options (GdkScreen *screen,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Gets any options previously set with gdk_screen_set_font_options().
|
* Gets any options previously set with gdk_screen_set_font_options().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the current font options, or %NULL if no default
|
* Returns: the current font options, or %NULL if no default
|
||||||
* font options have been set.
|
* font options have been set.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.10
|
* Since: 2.10
|
||||||
@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ gdk_screen_set_resolution (GdkScreen *screen,
|
|||||||
* Gets the resolution for font handling on the screen; see
|
* Gets the resolution for font handling on the screen; see
|
||||||
* gdk_screen_set_resolution() for full details.
|
* gdk_screen_set_resolution() for full details.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the current resolution, or -1 if no resolution
|
* Returns: the current resolution, or -1 if no resolution
|
||||||
* has been set.
|
* has been set.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.10
|
* Since: 2.10
|
||||||
@ -848,7 +848,7 @@ gdk_screen_get_monitor_workarea (GdkScreen *screen,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Call g_list_free() on the return value when you’re finished with it.
|
* Call g_list_free() on the return value when you’re finished with it.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer container) (element-type GdkVisual):
|
* Returns: (transfer container) (element-type GdkVisual):
|
||||||
* a list of visuals; the list must be freed, but not its contents
|
* a list of visuals; the list must be freed, but not its contents
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.2
|
* Since: 2.2
|
||||||
@ -869,7 +869,7 @@ gdk_screen_list_visuals (GdkScreen *screen)
|
|||||||
* This is the visual for the root window of the display.
|
* This is the visual for the root window of the display.
|
||||||
* The return value should not be freed.
|
* The return value should not be freed.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): the system visual
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the system visual
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.2
|
* Since: 2.2
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -899,7 +899,7 @@ gdk_screen_get_system_visual (GdkScreen * screen)
|
|||||||
* For setting an overall opacity for a top-level window, see
|
* For setting an overall opacity for a top-level window, see
|
||||||
* gdk_window_set_opacity().
|
* gdk_window_set_opacity().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): a visual to use for windows with an
|
* Returns: (transfer none): a visual to use for windows with an
|
||||||
* alpha channel or %NULL if the capability is not available.
|
* alpha channel or %NULL if the capability is not available.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.8
|
* Since: 2.8
|
||||||
@ -923,7 +923,7 @@ gdk_screen_get_rgba_visual (GdkScreen *screen)
|
|||||||
* On X11 this function returns whether a compositing manager is
|
* On X11 this function returns whether a compositing manager is
|
||||||
* compositing @screen.
|
* compositing @screen.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: Whether windows with RGBA visuals can reasonably be
|
* Returns: Whether windows with RGBA visuals can reasonably be
|
||||||
* expected to have their alpha channels drawn correctly on the screen.
|
* expected to have their alpha channels drawn correctly on the screen.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.10
|
* Since: 2.10
|
||||||
@ -943,7 +943,7 @@ gdk_screen_is_composited (GdkScreen *screen)
|
|||||||
* Determines the name to pass to gdk_display_open() to get
|
* Determines the name to pass to gdk_display_open() to get
|
||||||
* a #GdkDisplay with this screen as the default screen.
|
* a #GdkDisplay with this screen as the default screen.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a newly allocated string, free with g_free()
|
* Returns: a newly allocated string, free with g_free()
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.2
|
* Since: 2.2
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -974,7 +974,7 @@ gdk_screen_make_display_name (GdkScreen *screen)
|
|||||||
* The returned window should be unrefed using g_object_unref() when
|
* The returned window should be unrefed using g_object_unref() when
|
||||||
* no longer needed.
|
* no longer needed.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer full): the currently active window, or %NULL.
|
* Returns: (transfer full): the currently active window, or %NULL.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.10
|
* Since: 2.10
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -1006,7 +1006,7 @@ gdk_screen_get_active_window (GdkScreen *screen)
|
|||||||
* windows it contains, so it should be freed using g_list_free() and
|
* windows it contains, so it should be freed using g_list_free() and
|
||||||
* its windows unrefed using g_object_unref() when no longer needed.
|
* its windows unrefed using g_object_unref() when no longer needed.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer full) (element-type GdkWindow):
|
* Returns: (transfer full) (element-type GdkWindow):
|
||||||
* a list of #GdkWindows for the current window stack,
|
* a list of #GdkWindows for the current window stack,
|
||||||
* or %NULL.
|
* or %NULL.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
@ -1063,7 +1063,7 @@ gdk_screen_get_setting (GdkScreen *screen,
|
|||||||
* where it is better to use gdk_window_get_scale_factor() instead.
|
* where it is better to use gdk_window_get_scale_factor() instead.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.10
|
* Since: 3.10
|
||||||
* Return value: the scale factor
|
* Returns: the scale factor
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
gint
|
gint
|
||||||
gdk_screen_get_monitor_scale_factor (GdkScreen *screen,
|
gdk_screen_get_monitor_scale_factor (GdkScreen *screen,
|
||||||
|
@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ gdk_selection_send_notify_for_display (GdkDisplay *display,
|
|||||||
* will not be used by applications, who should use the #GtkClipboard
|
* will not be used by applications, who should use the #GtkClipboard
|
||||||
* API instead.
|
* API instead.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the length of the retrieved data.
|
* Returns: the length of the retrieved data.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
gint
|
gint
|
||||||
gdk_selection_property_get (GdkWindow *requestor,
|
gdk_selection_property_get (GdkWindow *requestor,
|
||||||
@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ gdk_selection_convert (GdkWindow *requestor,
|
|||||||
* Converts a text property in the given encoding to
|
* Converts a text property in the given encoding to
|
||||||
* a list of UTF-8 strings.
|
* a list of UTF-8 strings.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the number of strings in the resulting list
|
* Returns: the number of strings in the resulting list
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.2
|
* Since: 2.2
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ gdk_text_property_to_utf8_list_for_display (GdkDisplay *display,
|
|||||||
* is not specified; it may be as pseudo-escape sequences
|
* is not specified; it may be as pseudo-escape sequences
|
||||||
* \x{ABCD}, or it may be in some other form of approximation.
|
* \x{ABCD}, or it may be in some other form of approximation.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the newly-allocated string, or %NULL if the
|
* Returns: the newly-allocated string, or %NULL if the
|
||||||
* conversion failed. (It should not fail for
|
* conversion failed. (It should not fail for
|
||||||
* any properly formed UTF-8 string unless system
|
* any properly formed UTF-8 string unless system
|
||||||
* limits like memory or file descriptors are exceeded.)
|
* limits like memory or file descriptors are exceeded.)
|
||||||
|
@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ gdk_visual_class_init (GdkVisualClass *visual_class)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Call g_list_free() on the return value when you’re finished with it.
|
* Call g_list_free() on the return value when you’re finished with it.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer container) (element-type GdkVisual):
|
* Returns: (transfer container) (element-type GdkVisual):
|
||||||
* a list of visuals; the list must be freed, but not its contents
|
* a list of visuals; the list must be freed, but not its contents
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
GList*
|
GList*
|
||||||
@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ gdk_list_visuals (void)
|
|||||||
* This is the visual for the root window of the display.
|
* This is the visual for the root window of the display.
|
||||||
* The return value should not be freed.
|
* The return value should not be freed.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): system visual
|
* Returns: (transfer none): system visual
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
GdkVisual*
|
GdkVisual*
|
||||||
gdk_visual_get_system (void)
|
gdk_visual_get_system (void)
|
||||||
@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ gdk_visual_get_system (void)
|
|||||||
* means “largest,” i.e. 32 preferred over 24 preferred over 8 bits
|
* means “largest,” i.e. 32 preferred over 24 preferred over 8 bits
|
||||||
* per pixel.
|
* per pixel.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: best available depth
|
* Returns: best available depth
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
gint
|
gint
|
||||||
gdk_visual_get_best_depth (void)
|
gdk_visual_get_best_depth (void)
|
||||||
@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ gdk_visual_get_best_depth (void)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return the best available visual type for the default GDK screen.
|
* Return the best available visual type for the default GDK screen.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: best visual type
|
* Returns: best visual type
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
GdkVisualType
|
GdkVisualType
|
||||||
gdk_visual_get_best_type (void)
|
gdk_visual_get_best_type (void)
|
||||||
@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ gdk_visual_get_best_type (void)
|
|||||||
* Get the visual with the most available colors for the default
|
* Get the visual with the most available colors for the default
|
||||||
* GDK screen. The return value should not be freed.
|
* GDK screen. The return value should not be freed.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): best visual
|
* Returns: (transfer none): best visual
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
GdkVisual*
|
GdkVisual*
|
||||||
gdk_visual_get_best (void)
|
gdk_visual_get_best (void)
|
||||||
@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ gdk_visual_get_best (void)
|
|||||||
* over grayscale or fixed-colormap visuals. The return value should
|
* over grayscale or fixed-colormap visuals. The return value should
|
||||||
* not be freed. %NULL may be returned if no visual supports @depth.
|
* not be freed. %NULL may be returned if no visual supports @depth.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): best visual for the given depth
|
* Returns: (transfer none): best visual for the given depth
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
GdkVisual*
|
GdkVisual*
|
||||||
gdk_visual_get_best_with_depth (gint depth)
|
gdk_visual_get_best_with_depth (gint depth)
|
||||||
@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ gdk_visual_get_best_with_depth (gint depth)
|
|||||||
* should not be freed. %NULL may be returned if no visual has type
|
* should not be freed. %NULL may be returned if no visual has type
|
||||||
* @visual_type.
|
* @visual_type.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): best visual of the given type
|
* Returns: (transfer none): best visual of the given type
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
GdkVisual*
|
GdkVisual*
|
||||||
gdk_visual_get_best_with_type (GdkVisualType visual_type)
|
gdk_visual_get_best_with_type (GdkVisualType visual_type)
|
||||||
@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ gdk_visual_get_best_with_type (GdkVisualType visual_type)
|
|||||||
* Combines gdk_visual_get_best_with_depth() and
|
* Combines gdk_visual_get_best_with_depth() and
|
||||||
* gdk_visual_get_best_with_type().
|
* gdk_visual_get_best_with_type().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): best visual with both @depth and
|
* Returns: (transfer none): best visual with both @depth and
|
||||||
* @visual_type, or %NULL if none
|
* @visual_type, or %NULL if none
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
GdkVisual*
|
GdkVisual*
|
||||||
@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ gdk_query_visual_types (GdkVisualType **visual_types,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Returns the type of visual this is (PseudoColor, TrueColor, etc).
|
* Returns the type of visual this is (PseudoColor, TrueColor, etc).
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: A #GdkVisualType stating the type of @visual.
|
* Returns: A #GdkVisualType stating the type of @visual.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.22
|
* Since: 2.22
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ gdk_visual_get_visual_type (GdkVisual *visual)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Returns the bit depth of this visual.
|
* Returns the bit depth of this visual.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: The bit depth of this visual.
|
* Returns: The bit depth of this visual.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.22
|
* Since: 2.22
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ gdk_visual_get_depth (GdkVisual *visual)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Returns the byte order of this visual.
|
* Returns the byte order of this visual.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: A #GdkByteOrder stating the byte order of @visual.
|
* Returns: A #GdkByteOrder stating the byte order of @visual.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.22
|
* Since: 2.22
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ gdk_visual_get_byte_order (GdkVisual *visual)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Returns the size of a colormap for this visual.
|
* Returns the size of a colormap for this visual.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: The size of a colormap that is suitable for @visual.
|
* Returns: The size of a colormap that is suitable for @visual.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.22
|
* Since: 2.22
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ gdk_visual_get_colormap_size (GdkVisual *visual)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Returns the number of significant bits per red, green and blue value.
|
* Returns the number of significant bits per red, green and blue value.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: The number of significant bits per color value for @visual.
|
* Returns: The number of significant bits per color value for @visual.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.22
|
* Since: 2.22
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -454,7 +454,7 @@ gdk_visual_get_blue_pixel_details (GdkVisual *visual,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Gets the screen to which this visual belongs
|
* Gets the screen to which this visual belongs
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): the screen to which this visual belongs.
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the screen to which this visual belongs.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.2
|
* Since: 2.2
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
@ -1223,7 +1223,7 @@ sync_native_window_stack_position (GdkWindow *window)
|
|||||||
* more details. Note: to use this on displays other than the default
|
* more details. Note: to use this on displays other than the default
|
||||||
* display, @parent must be specified.
|
* display, @parent must be specified.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer full): the new #GdkWindow
|
* Returns: (transfer full): the new #GdkWindow
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
GdkWindow*
|
GdkWindow*
|
||||||
gdk_window_new (GdkWindow *parent,
|
gdk_window_new (GdkWindow *parent,
|
||||||
@ -2105,7 +2105,7 @@ gdk_window_get_user_data (GdkWindow *window,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Gets the type of the window. See #GdkWindowType.
|
* Gets the type of the window. See #GdkWindowType.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: type of window
|
* Returns: type of window
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
GdkWindowType
|
GdkWindowType
|
||||||
gdk_window_get_window_type (GdkWindow *window)
|
gdk_window_get_window_type (GdkWindow *window)
|
||||||
@ -2121,7 +2121,7 @@ gdk_window_get_window_type (GdkWindow *window)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Gets the #GdkVisual describing the pixel format of @window.
|
* Gets the #GdkVisual describing the pixel format of @window.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): a #GdkVisual
|
* Returns: (transfer none): a #GdkVisual
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.24
|
* Since: 2.24
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -2139,7 +2139,7 @@ gdk_window_get_visual (GdkWindow *window)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Gets the #GdkScreen associated with a #GdkWindow.
|
* Gets the #GdkScreen associated with a #GdkWindow.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): the #GdkScreen associated with @window
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the #GdkScreen associated with @window
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.24
|
* Since: 2.24
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -2157,7 +2157,7 @@ gdk_window_get_screen (GdkWindow *window)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Gets the #GdkDisplay associated with a #GdkWindow.
|
* Gets the #GdkDisplay associated with a #GdkWindow.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): the #GdkDisplay associated with @window
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the #GdkDisplay associated with @window
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.24
|
* Since: 2.24
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -2174,7 +2174,7 @@ gdk_window_get_display (GdkWindow *window)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Check to see if a window is destroyed..
|
* Check to see if a window is destroyed..
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the window is destroyed
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the window is destroyed
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.18
|
* Since: 2.18
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -2271,7 +2271,7 @@ gdk_window_get_position (GdkWindow *window,
|
|||||||
* gdk_window_get_parent() will most likely not do what you expect if
|
* gdk_window_get_parent() will most likely not do what you expect if
|
||||||
* there are offscreen windows in the hierarchy.
|
* there are offscreen windows in the hierarchy.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): parent of @window
|
* Returns: (transfer none): parent of @window
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
GdkWindow*
|
GdkWindow*
|
||||||
gdk_window_get_parent (GdkWindow *window)
|
gdk_window_get_parent (GdkWindow *window)
|
||||||
@ -2291,7 +2291,7 @@ gdk_window_get_parent (GdkWindow *window)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* See also: gdk_offscreen_window_get_embedder()
|
* See also: gdk_offscreen_window_get_embedder()
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): effective parent of @window
|
* Returns: (transfer none): effective parent of @window
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.22
|
* Since: 2.22
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -2321,7 +2321,7 @@ gdk_window_get_effective_parent (GdkWindow *window)
|
|||||||
* gdk_window_get_toplevel() will most likely not do what you expect
|
* gdk_window_get_toplevel() will most likely not do what you expect
|
||||||
* if there are offscreen windows in the hierarchy.
|
* if there are offscreen windows in the hierarchy.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): the toplevel window containing @window
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the toplevel window containing @window
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
GdkWindow *
|
GdkWindow *
|
||||||
gdk_window_get_toplevel (GdkWindow *window)
|
gdk_window_get_toplevel (GdkWindow *window)
|
||||||
@ -2349,7 +2349,7 @@ gdk_window_get_toplevel (GdkWindow *window)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* See also: gdk_offscreen_window_get_embedder()
|
* See also: gdk_offscreen_window_get_embedder()
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): the effective toplevel window containing @window
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the effective toplevel window containing @window
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.22
|
* Since: 2.22
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -2379,7 +2379,7 @@ gdk_window_get_effective_toplevel (GdkWindow *window)
|
|||||||
* The returned list must be freed, but the elements in the
|
* The returned list must be freed, but the elements in the
|
||||||
* list need not be.
|
* list need not be.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer container) (element-type GdkWindow):
|
* Returns: (transfer container) (element-type GdkWindow):
|
||||||
* list of child windows inside @window
|
* list of child windows inside @window
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
GList*
|
GList*
|
||||||
@ -2400,7 +2400,7 @@ gdk_window_get_children (GdkWindow *window)
|
|||||||
* Like gdk_window_get_children(), but does not copy the list of
|
* Like gdk_window_get_children(), but does not copy the list of
|
||||||
* children, so the list does not need to be freed.
|
* children, so the list does not need to be freed.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none) (element-type GdkWindow):
|
* Returns: (transfer none) (element-type GdkWindow):
|
||||||
* a reference to the list of child windows in @window
|
* a reference to the list of child windows in @window
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
GList *
|
GList *
|
||||||
@ -2429,7 +2429,7 @@ gdk_window_peek_children (GdkWindow *window)
|
|||||||
* The list is returned in (relative) stacking order, i.e. the
|
* The list is returned in (relative) stacking order, i.e. the
|
||||||
* lowest window is first.
|
* lowest window is first.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer container) (element-type GdkWindow):
|
* Returns: (transfer container) (element-type GdkWindow):
|
||||||
* list of child windows inside @window
|
* list of child windows inside @window
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.10
|
* Since: 3.10
|
||||||
@ -2571,7 +2571,7 @@ gdk_window_remove_filter (GdkWindow *window,
|
|||||||
* The returned list should be freed with g_list_free(), but
|
* The returned list should be freed with g_list_free(), but
|
||||||
* its elements need not be freed.
|
* its elements need not be freed.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer container) (element-type GdkWindow):
|
* Returns: (transfer container) (element-type GdkWindow):
|
||||||
* list of toplevel windows, free with g_list_free()
|
* list of toplevel windows, free with g_list_free()
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.2
|
* Since: 2.2
|
||||||
@ -2607,7 +2607,7 @@ gdk_screen_get_toplevel_windows (GdkScreen *screen)
|
|||||||
* Checks whether the window has been mapped (with gdk_window_show() or
|
* Checks whether the window has been mapped (with gdk_window_show() or
|
||||||
* gdk_window_show_unraised()).
|
* gdk_window_show_unraised()).
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the window is mapped
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the window is mapped
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
gboolean
|
gboolean
|
||||||
gdk_window_is_visible (GdkWindow *window)
|
gdk_window_is_visible (GdkWindow *window)
|
||||||
@ -2626,7 +2626,7 @@ gdk_window_is_visible (GdkWindow *window)
|
|||||||
* we only check as far as we have GDK window parents, not to the root
|
* we only check as far as we have GDK window parents, not to the root
|
||||||
* window.)
|
* window.)
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the window is viewable
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the window is viewable
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
gboolean
|
gboolean
|
||||||
gdk_window_is_viewable (GdkWindow *window)
|
gdk_window_is_viewable (GdkWindow *window)
|
||||||
@ -2646,7 +2646,7 @@ gdk_window_is_viewable (GdkWindow *window)
|
|||||||
* Gets the bitwise OR of the currently active window state flags,
|
* Gets the bitwise OR of the currently active window state flags,
|
||||||
* from the #GdkWindowState enumeration.
|
* from the #GdkWindowState enumeration.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: window state bitfield
|
* Returns: window state bitfield
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
GdkWindowState
|
GdkWindowState
|
||||||
gdk_window_get_state (GdkWindow *window)
|
gdk_window_get_state (GdkWindow *window)
|
||||||
@ -3155,7 +3155,7 @@ _gdk_window_ref_cairo_surface (GdkWindow *window)
|
|||||||
* Note that calling cairo_reset_clip() on the resulting #cairo_t will
|
* Note that calling cairo_reset_clip() on the resulting #cairo_t will
|
||||||
* produce undefined results, so avoid it at all costs.
|
* produce undefined results, so avoid it at all costs.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: A newly created Cairo context. Free with
|
* Returns: A newly created Cairo context. Free with
|
||||||
* cairo_destroy() when you are done drawing.
|
* cairo_destroy() when you are done drawing.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.8
|
* Since: 2.8
|
||||||
@ -4070,7 +4070,7 @@ _gdk_window_invalidate_for_expose (GdkWindow *window,
|
|||||||
* gdk_window_get_update_area() returns %NULL. You are responsible for
|
* gdk_window_get_update_area() returns %NULL. You are responsible for
|
||||||
* calling cairo_region_destroy() on the returned region if it’s non-%NULL.
|
* calling cairo_region_destroy() on the returned region if it’s non-%NULL.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the update area for @window
|
* Returns: the update area for @window
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
cairo_region_t *
|
cairo_region_t *
|
||||||
gdk_window_get_update_area (GdkWindow *window)
|
gdk_window_get_update_area (GdkWindow *window)
|
||||||
@ -4412,7 +4412,7 @@ gdk_window_constrain_size (GdkGeometry *geometry,
|
|||||||
* The position is given in coordinates relative to the upper left
|
* The position is given in coordinates relative to the upper left
|
||||||
* corner of @window.
|
* corner of @window.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): the window containing the pointer (as with
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the window containing the pointer (as with
|
||||||
* gdk_window_at_pointer()), or %NULL if the window containing the
|
* gdk_window_at_pointer()), or %NULL if the window containing the
|
||||||
* pointer isn’t known to GDK
|
* pointer isn’t known to GDK
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
@ -4445,7 +4445,7 @@ gdk_window_get_pointer (GdkWindow *window,
|
|||||||
* The position is given in coordinates relative to the upper left
|
* The position is given in coordinates relative to the upper left
|
||||||
* corner of @window.
|
* corner of @window.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): The window underneath @device (as with
|
* Returns: (transfer none): The window underneath @device (as with
|
||||||
* gdk_device_get_window_at_position()), or %NULL if the window is not known to GDK.
|
* gdk_device_get_window_at_position()), or %NULL if the window is not known to GDK.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.10
|
* Since: 3.10
|
||||||
@ -4501,7 +4501,7 @@ gdk_window_get_device_position_double (GdkWindow *window,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Use gdk_window_get_device_position_double() if you need subpixel precision.
|
* Use gdk_window_get_device_position_double() if you need subpixel precision.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): The window underneath @device (as with
|
* Returns: (transfer none): The window underneath @device (as with
|
||||||
* gdk_device_get_window_at_position()), or %NULL if the window is not known to GDK.
|
* gdk_device_get_window_at_position()), or %NULL if the window is not known to GDK.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.0
|
* Since: 3.0
|
||||||
@ -4531,7 +4531,7 @@ gdk_window_get_device_position (GdkWindow *window,
|
|||||||
* Obtains the root window (parent all other windows are inside)
|
* Obtains the root window (parent all other windows are inside)
|
||||||
* for the default display and screen.
|
* for the default display and screen.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): the default root window
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the default root window
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
GdkWindow *
|
GdkWindow *
|
||||||
gdk_get_default_root_window (void)
|
gdk_get_default_root_window (void)
|
||||||
@ -5257,7 +5257,7 @@ gdk_window_set_events (GdkWindow *window,
|
|||||||
* Gets the event mask for @window for all master input devices. See
|
* Gets the event mask for @window for all master input devices. See
|
||||||
* gdk_window_set_events().
|
* gdk_window_set_events().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: event mask for @window
|
* Returns: event mask for @window
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
GdkEventMask
|
GdkEventMask
|
||||||
gdk_window_get_events (GdkWindow *window)
|
gdk_window_get_events (GdkWindow *window)
|
||||||
@ -5860,7 +5860,7 @@ gdk_window_set_cursor_internal (GdkWindow *window,
|
|||||||
* there is no custom cursor set on the specified window, and it is
|
* there is no custom cursor set on the specified window, and it is
|
||||||
* using the cursor for its parent window.
|
* using the cursor for its parent window.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): a #GdkCursor, or %NULL. The returned
|
* Returns: (transfer none): a #GdkCursor, or %NULL. The returned
|
||||||
* object is owned by the #GdkWindow and should not be unreferenced
|
* object is owned by the #GdkWindow and should not be unreferenced
|
||||||
* directly. Use gdk_window_set_cursor() to unset the cursor of the
|
* directly. Use gdk_window_set_cursor() to unset the cursor of the
|
||||||
* window
|
* window
|
||||||
@ -6128,7 +6128,7 @@ gdk_window_get_height (GdkWindow *window)
|
|||||||
* gdk_window_get_geometry() which return the position of a window
|
* gdk_window_get_geometry() which return the position of a window
|
||||||
* relative to its parent window.)
|
* relative to its parent window.)
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: not meaningful, ignore
|
* Returns: not meaningful, ignore
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
gint
|
gint
|
||||||
gdk_window_get_origin (GdkWindow *window,
|
gdk_window_get_origin (GdkWindow *window,
|
||||||
@ -6603,7 +6603,7 @@ gdk_window_merge_child_input_shapes (GdkWindow *window)
|
|||||||
* implementing scary features that involve deep knowledge of the
|
* implementing scary features that involve deep knowledge of the
|
||||||
* windowing system. Don’t worry about it unless you have to.
|
* windowing system. Don’t worry about it unless you have to.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the server supports static gravity
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the server supports static gravity
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
gboolean
|
gboolean
|
||||||
gdk_window_set_static_gravities (GdkWindow *window,
|
gdk_window_set_static_gravities (GdkWindow *window,
|
||||||
@ -6717,7 +6717,7 @@ gdk_window_set_composited (GdkWindow *window,
|
|||||||
* Determines whether or not the window manager is hinted that @window
|
* Determines whether or not the window manager is hinted that @window
|
||||||
* has modal behaviour.
|
* has modal behaviour.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: whether or not the window has the modal hint set.
|
* Returns: whether or not the window has the modal hint set.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.22
|
* Since: 2.22
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -6736,7 +6736,7 @@ gdk_window_get_modal_hint (GdkWindow *window)
|
|||||||
* Determines whether or not the desktop environment shuld be hinted that
|
* Determines whether or not the desktop environment shuld be hinted that
|
||||||
* the window does not want to receive input focus.
|
* the window does not want to receive input focus.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: whether or not the window should receive input focus.
|
* Returns: whether or not the window should receive input focus.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.22
|
* Since: 2.22
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -6755,7 +6755,7 @@ gdk_window_get_accept_focus (GdkWindow *window)
|
|||||||
* Determines whether or not the desktop environment should be hinted that the
|
* Determines whether or not the desktop environment should be hinted that the
|
||||||
* window does not want to receive input focus when it is mapped.
|
* window does not want to receive input focus when it is mapped.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: whether or not the window wants to receive input focus when
|
* Returns: whether or not the window wants to receive input focus when
|
||||||
* it is mapped.
|
* it is mapped.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.22
|
* Since: 2.22
|
||||||
@ -6774,7 +6774,7 @@ gdk_window_get_focus_on_map (GdkWindow *window)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Determines whether or not the window is an input only window.
|
* Determines whether or not the window is an input only window.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if @window is input only
|
* Returns: %TRUE if @window is input only
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.22
|
* Since: 2.22
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -6792,7 +6792,7 @@ gdk_window_is_input_only (GdkWindow *window)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Determines whether or not the window is shaped.
|
* Determines whether or not the window is shaped.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if @window is shaped
|
* Returns: %TRUE if @window is shaped
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.22
|
* Since: 2.22
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -9413,7 +9413,7 @@ gdk_window_set_type_hint (GdkWindow *window,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* This function returns the type hint set for a window.
|
* This function returns the type hint set for a window.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: The type hint set for @window
|
* Returns: The type hint set for @window
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.10
|
* Since: 2.10
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -9755,7 +9755,7 @@ gdk_window_set_event_compression (GdkWindow *window,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Get the current event compression setting for this window.
|
* Get the current event compression setting for this window.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if motion events will be compressed
|
* Returns: %TRUE if motion events will be compressed
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.12
|
* Since: 3.12
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -10090,7 +10090,7 @@ gdk_window_set_keep_below (GdkWindow *window, gboolean setting)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Returns the group leader window for @window. See gdk_window_set_group().
|
* Returns the group leader window for @window. See gdk_window_set_group().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): the group leader window for @window
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the group leader window for @window
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -10444,7 +10444,7 @@ gdk_window_get_drag_protocol (GdkWindow *window,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* This function is called by the drag source.
|
* This function is called by the drag source.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer full): a newly created #GdkDragContext
|
* Returns: (transfer full): a newly created #GdkDragContext
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
GdkDragContext *
|
GdkDragContext *
|
||||||
gdk_drag_begin (GdkWindow *window,
|
gdk_drag_begin (GdkWindow *window,
|
||||||
@ -10470,7 +10470,7 @@ gdk_drag_begin (GdkWindow *window,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* This function is called by the drag source.
|
* This function is called by the drag source.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer full): a newly created #GdkDragContext
|
* Returns: (transfer full): a newly created #GdkDragContext
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
GdkDragContext *
|
GdkDragContext *
|
||||||
gdk_drag_begin_for_device (GdkWindow *window,
|
gdk_drag_begin_for_device (GdkWindow *window,
|
||||||
@ -10789,7 +10789,7 @@ gdk_window_set_frame_clock (GdkWindow *window,
|
|||||||
* window.
|
* window.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.8
|
* Since: 3.8
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): the frame clock
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the frame clock
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
GdkFrameClock*
|
GdkFrameClock*
|
||||||
gdk_window_get_frame_clock (GdkWindow *window)
|
gdk_window_get_frame_clock (GdkWindow *window)
|
||||||
@ -10821,7 +10821,7 @@ gdk_window_get_frame_clock (GdkWindow *window)
|
|||||||
* a configure event will be sent to the toplevel window.
|
* a configure event will be sent to the toplevel window.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.10
|
* Since: 3.10
|
||||||
* Return value: the scale factor
|
* Returns: the scale factor
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
gint
|
gint
|
||||||
gdk_window_get_scale_factor (GdkWindow *window)
|
gdk_window_get_scale_factor (GdkWindow *window)
|
||||||
|
@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ pollfds_equal (GPollFD *old_pollfds,
|
|||||||
* timeout is used only to tell if the polling operation is blocking
|
* timeout is used only to tell if the polling operation is blocking
|
||||||
* or non-blocking.
|
* or non-blocking.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value:
|
* Returns:
|
||||||
* -1: No file descriptors ready, began asynchronous poll
|
* -1: No file descriptors ready, began asynchronous poll
|
||||||
* 0: No file descriptors ready, asynchronous poll not needed
|
* 0: No file descriptors ready, asynchronous poll not needed
|
||||||
* > 0: Number of file descriptors ready
|
* > 0: Number of file descriptors ready
|
||||||
@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ select_thread_start_poll (GPollFD *ufds,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* The results of the poll are written into the GPollFD array passed in.
|
* The results of the poll are written into the GPollFD array passed in.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return Value: number of file descriptors ready
|
* Returns: number of file descriptors ready
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
static int
|
static int
|
||||||
select_thread_collect_poll (GPollFD *ufds, guint nfds)
|
select_thread_collect_poll (GPollFD *ufds, guint nfds)
|
||||||
|
@ -3320,7 +3320,7 @@ gdk_win32_window_is_win32 (GdkWindow *window)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Gets a DC with the given drawable selected into it.
|
* Gets a DC with the given drawable selected into it.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: The DC, on success. Otherwise
|
* Returns: The DC, on success. Otherwise
|
||||||
* %NULL. If this function succeeded
|
* %NULL. If this function succeeded
|
||||||
* _gdk_win32_impl_release_dc() must be called
|
* _gdk_win32_impl_release_dc() must be called
|
||||||
* release the DC when you are done using it.
|
* release the DC when you are done using it.
|
||||||
|
@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ _gdk_x11_display_get_cursor_for_type (GdkDisplay *display,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Returns the display of a #GdkCursor.
|
* Returns the display of a #GdkCursor.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): an Xlib Display*.
|
* Returns: (transfer none): an Xlib Display*.
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
Display *
|
Display *
|
||||||
gdk_x11_cursor_get_xdisplay (GdkCursor *cursor)
|
gdk_x11_cursor_get_xdisplay (GdkCursor *cursor)
|
||||||
@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ gdk_x11_cursor_get_xdisplay (GdkCursor *cursor)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Returns the X cursor belonging to a #GdkCursor.
|
* Returns the X cursor belonging to a #GdkCursor.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: an Xlib Cursor.
|
* Returns: an Xlib Cursor.
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
Cursor
|
Cursor
|
||||||
gdk_x11_cursor_get_xcursor (GdkCursor *cursor)
|
gdk_x11_cursor_get_xcursor (GdkCursor *cursor)
|
||||||
|
@ -1950,7 +1950,7 @@ gdk_x11_display_finalize (GObject *object)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Find the #GdkDisplay corresponding to @xdisplay, if any exists.
|
* Find the #GdkDisplay corresponding to @xdisplay, if any exists.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none) (type GdkX11Display): the #GdkDisplay, if found, otherwise %NULL.
|
* Returns: (transfer none) (type GdkX11Display): the #GdkDisplay, if found, otherwise %NULL.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.2
|
* Since: 2.2
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -1986,7 +1986,7 @@ gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (Display *xdisplay)
|
|||||||
* Given the root window ID of one of the screen’s of a #GdkDisplay,
|
* Given the root window ID of one of the screen’s of a #GdkDisplay,
|
||||||
* finds the screen.
|
* finds the screen.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): the #GdkScreen corresponding to
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the #GdkScreen corresponding to
|
||||||
* @xrootwin, or %NULL.
|
* @xrootwin, or %NULL.
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
GdkScreen *
|
GdkScreen *
|
||||||
@ -2751,7 +2751,7 @@ gdk_x11_display_set_window_scale (GdkDisplay *display,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.0
|
* Since: 3.0
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: X error code or 0 on success
|
* Returns: X error code or 0 on success
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
gint
|
gint
|
||||||
gdk_x11_display_error_trap_pop (GdkDisplay *display)
|
gdk_x11_display_error_trap_pop (GdkDisplay *display)
|
||||||
|
@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ gdk_x11_ungrab_server (void)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Gets the default GTK+ screen number.
|
* Gets the default GTK+ screen number.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: returns the screen number specified by
|
* Returns: returns the screen number specified by
|
||||||
* the --display command line option or the DISPLAY environment
|
* the --display command line option or the DISPLAY environment
|
||||||
* variable when gdk_init() calls XOpenDisplay().
|
* variable when gdk_init() calls XOpenDisplay().
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ gdk_x11_get_default_screen (void)
|
|||||||
* Gets the root window of the default screen
|
* Gets the root window of the default screen
|
||||||
* (see gdk_x11_get_default_screen()).
|
* (see gdk_x11_get_default_screen()).
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: an Xlib Window.
|
* Returns: an Xlib Window.
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
Window
|
Window
|
||||||
gdk_x11_get_default_root_xwindow (void)
|
gdk_x11_get_default_root_xwindow (void)
|
||||||
@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ gdk_x11_get_default_root_xwindow (void)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Gets the default GTK+ display.
|
* Gets the default GTK+ display.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): the Xlib Display* for
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the Xlib Display* for
|
||||||
* the display specified in the `--display` command
|
* the display specified in the `--display` command
|
||||||
* line option or the `DISPLAY` environment variable.
|
* line option or the `DISPLAY` environment variable.
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
|
@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ lookup_cached_xatom (GdkDisplay *display,
|
|||||||
* with the same string value. The special value %GDK_NONE
|
* with the same string value. The special value %GDK_NONE
|
||||||
* is converted to %None.
|
* is converted to %None.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the X atom corresponding to @atom, or %None
|
* Returns: the X atom corresponding to @atom, or %None
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.2
|
* Since: 2.2
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ _gdk_x11_precache_atoms (GdkDisplay *display,
|
|||||||
* Converts from a #GdkAtom to the X atom for the default GDK display
|
* Converts from a #GdkAtom to the X atom for the default GDK display
|
||||||
* with the same string value.
|
* with the same string value.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the X atom corresponding to @atom.
|
* Returns: the X atom corresponding to @atom.
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
Atom
|
Atom
|
||||||
gdk_x11_atom_to_xatom (GdkAtom atom)
|
gdk_x11_atom_to_xatom (GdkAtom atom)
|
||||||
@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ gdk_x11_atom_to_xatom (GdkAtom atom)
|
|||||||
* Convert from an X atom for a #GdkDisplay to the corresponding
|
* Convert from an X atom for a #GdkDisplay to the corresponding
|
||||||
* #GdkAtom.
|
* #GdkAtom.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): the corresponding #GdkAtom.
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the corresponding #GdkAtom.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.2
|
* Since: 2.2
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ gdk_x11_xatom_to_atom_for_display (GdkDisplay *display,
|
|||||||
* Convert from an X atom for the default display to the corresponding
|
* Convert from an X atom for the default display to the corresponding
|
||||||
* #GdkAtom.
|
* #GdkAtom.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): the corresponding G#dkAtom.
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the corresponding G#dkAtom.
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
GdkAtom
|
GdkAtom
|
||||||
gdk_x11_xatom_to_atom (Atom xatom)
|
gdk_x11_xatom_to_atom (Atom xatom)
|
||||||
@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ gdk_x11_xatom_to_atom (Atom xatom)
|
|||||||
* This function caches the result, so if called repeatedly it is much
|
* This function caches the result, so if called repeatedly it is much
|
||||||
* faster than XInternAtom(), which is a round trip to the server each time.
|
* faster than XInternAtom(), which is a round trip to the server each time.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a X atom for a #GdkDisplay
|
* Returns: a X atom for a #GdkDisplay
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.2
|
* Since: 2.2
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ _gdk_x11_get_xatom_for_display_printf (GdkDisplay *display,
|
|||||||
* This function caches the result, so if called repeatedly it is much
|
* This function caches the result, so if called repeatedly it is much
|
||||||
* faster than XInternAtom(), which is a round trip to the server each time.
|
* faster than XInternAtom(), which is a round trip to the server each time.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a X atom for GDK’s default display.
|
* Returns: a X atom for GDK’s default display.
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
Atom
|
Atom
|
||||||
gdk_x11_get_xatom_by_name (const gchar *atom_name)
|
gdk_x11_get_xatom_by_name (const gchar *atom_name)
|
||||||
@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ gdk_x11_get_xatom_by_name (const gchar *atom_name)
|
|||||||
* XAtomName() and gdk_atom_name(), the result doesn’t need to
|
* XAtomName() and gdk_atom_name(), the result doesn’t need to
|
||||||
* be freed.
|
* be freed.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: name of the X atom; this string is owned by GDK,
|
* Returns: name of the X atom; this string is owned by GDK,
|
||||||
* so it shouldn’t be modifed or freed.
|
* so it shouldn’t be modifed or freed.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.2
|
* Since: 2.2
|
||||||
@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ gdk_x11_get_xatom_name_for_display (GdkDisplay *display,
|
|||||||
* doesn’t need to be freed. Also, this function will never return %NULL,
|
* doesn’t need to be freed. Also, this function will never return %NULL,
|
||||||
* even if @xatom is invalid.
|
* even if @xatom is invalid.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: name of the X atom; this string is owned by GTK+,
|
* Returns: name of the X atom; this string is owned by GTK+,
|
||||||
* so it shouldn’t be modifed or freed.
|
* so it shouldn’t be modifed or freed.
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
const gchar *
|
const gchar *
|
||||||
|
@ -1554,7 +1554,7 @@ fetch_net_wm_check_window (GdkScreen *screen)
|
|||||||
* You can monitor the window_manager_changed signal on #GdkScreen to detect
|
* You can monitor the window_manager_changed signal on #GdkScreen to detect
|
||||||
* a window manager change.
|
* a window manager change.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the window manager supports @property
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the window manager supports @property
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.2
|
* Since: 2.2
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -1635,7 +1635,7 @@ gdk_x11_screen_supports_net_wm_hint (GdkScreen *screen,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Returns the name of the window manager for @screen.
|
* Returns the name of the window manager for @screen.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the name of the window manager screen @screen, or
|
* Returns: the name of the window manager screen @screen, or
|
||||||
* "unknown" if the window manager is unknown. The string is owned by GDK
|
* "unknown" if the window manager is unknown. The string is owned by GDK
|
||||||
* and should not be freed.
|
* and should not be freed.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
|
@ -703,7 +703,7 @@ _gdk_x11_display_utf8_to_string_target (GdkDisplay *display,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Converts from UTF-8 to compound text.
|
* Converts from UTF-8 to compound text.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the conversion succeeded,
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the conversion succeeded,
|
||||||
* otherwise %FALSE
|
* otherwise %FALSE
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.24
|
* Since: 2.24
|
||||||
|
@ -583,7 +583,7 @@ _gdk_visual_get_x11_colormap (GdkVisual *visual)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Returns the X visual belonging to a #GdkVisual.
|
* Returns the X visual belonging to a #GdkVisual.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): an Xlib Visual*.
|
* Returns: (transfer none): an Xlib Visual*.
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
Visual *
|
Visual *
|
||||||
gdk_x11_visual_get_xvisual (GdkVisual *visual)
|
gdk_x11_visual_get_xvisual (GdkVisual *visual)
|
||||||
|
@ -1185,7 +1185,7 @@ x_event_mask_to_gdk_event_mask (long mask)
|
|||||||
* was already known to GDK, a new reference to the existing
|
* was already known to GDK, a new reference to the existing
|
||||||
* #GdkWindow is returned.
|
* #GdkWindow is returned.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer full): a #GdkWindow wrapper for the native
|
* Returns: (transfer full): a #GdkWindow wrapper for the native
|
||||||
* window, or %NULL if the window has been destroyed. The wrapper
|
* window, or %NULL if the window has been destroyed. The wrapper
|
||||||
* will be newly created, if one doesn’t exist already.
|
* will be newly created, if one doesn’t exist already.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
@ -5485,7 +5485,7 @@ timestamp_predicate (Display *display,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Routine to get the current X server time stamp.
|
* Routine to get the current X server time stamp.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the time stamp.
|
* Returns: the time stamp.
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
guint32
|
guint32
|
||||||
gdk_x11_get_server_time (GdkWindow *window)
|
gdk_x11_get_server_time (GdkWindow *window)
|
||||||
@ -5521,7 +5521,7 @@ gdk_x11_get_server_time (GdkWindow *window)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Returns the X resource (window) belonging to a #GdkWindow.
|
* Returns the X resource (window) belonging to a #GdkWindow.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the ID of @drawable’s X resource.
|
* Returns: the ID of @drawable’s X resource.
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
XID
|
XID
|
||||||
gdk_x11_window_get_xid (GdkWindow *window)
|
gdk_x11_window_get_xid (GdkWindow *window)
|
||||||
|
@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ _gdk_x11_display_remove_window (GdkDisplay *display,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Looks up the #GdkWindow that wraps the given native window handle.
|
* Looks up the #GdkWindow that wraps the given native window handle.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none) (type GdkX11Window): the #GdkWindow wrapper for the native
|
* Returns: (transfer none) (type GdkX11Window): the #GdkWindow wrapper for the native
|
||||||
* window, or %NULL if there is none.
|
* window, or %NULL if there is none.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.24
|
* Since: 2.24
|
||||||
|
@ -621,7 +621,7 @@ gtk_action_buildable_get_name (GtkBuildable *buildable)
|
|||||||
* See the [UI Definition section][XML-UI] for information on allowed action
|
* See the [UI Definition section][XML-UI] for information on allowed action
|
||||||
* names.
|
* names.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a new #GtkAction
|
* Returns: a new #GtkAction
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
@ -1105,7 +1105,7 @@ _gtk_action_remove_from_proxy_list (GtkAction *action,
|
|||||||
* Returns the proxy widgets for an action.
|
* Returns the proxy widgets for an action.
|
||||||
* See also gtk_activatable_get_related_action().
|
* See also gtk_activatable_get_related_action().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (element-type GtkWidget) (transfer none): a #GSList of proxy widgets. The list is owned by GTK+
|
* Returns: (element-type GtkWidget) (transfer none): a #GSList of proxy widgets. The list is owned by GTK+
|
||||||
* and must not be modified.
|
* and must not be modified.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
@ -1126,7 +1126,7 @@ gtk_action_get_proxies (GtkAction *action)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Returns the name of the action.
|
* Returns the name of the action.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the name of the action. The string belongs to GTK+ and should not
|
* Returns: the name of the action. The string belongs to GTK+ and should not
|
||||||
* be freed.
|
* be freed.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
@ -1147,7 +1147,7 @@ gtk_action_get_name (GtkAction *action)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Returns whether the action is effectively sensitive.
|
* Returns whether the action is effectively sensitive.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the action and its associated action group
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the action and its associated action group
|
||||||
* are both sensitive.
|
* are both sensitive.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
@ -1175,7 +1175,7 @@ gtk_action_is_sensitive (GtkAction *action)
|
|||||||
* necessarily mean effective sensitivity. See gtk_action_is_sensitive()
|
* necessarily mean effective sensitivity. See gtk_action_is_sensitive()
|
||||||
* for that.
|
* for that.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the action itself is sensitive.
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the action itself is sensitive.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
@ -1227,7 +1227,7 @@ gtk_action_set_sensitive (GtkAction *action,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Returns whether the action is effectively visible.
|
* Returns whether the action is effectively visible.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the action and its associated action group
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the action and its associated action group
|
||||||
* are both visible.
|
* are both visible.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
@ -1255,7 +1255,7 @@ gtk_action_is_visible (GtkAction *action)
|
|||||||
* necessarily mean effective visibility. See gtk_action_is_sensitive()
|
* necessarily mean effective visibility. See gtk_action_is_sensitive()
|
||||||
* for that.
|
* for that.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the action itself is visible.
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the action itself is visible.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
@ -2060,7 +2060,7 @@ gtk_action_disconnect_accelerator (GtkAction *action)
|
|||||||
* item or the toolbar item it creates, this function returns an
|
* item or the toolbar item it creates, this function returns an
|
||||||
* instance of that menu.
|
* instance of that menu.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): the menu item provided by the
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the menu item provided by the
|
||||||
* action, or %NULL.
|
* action, or %NULL.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.12
|
* Since: 2.12
|
||||||
|
@ -672,7 +672,7 @@ gtk_action_group_get_name (GtkActionGroup *action_group)
|
|||||||
* they are sensitive (see gtk_action_get_sensitive()) and their group
|
* they are sensitive (see gtk_action_get_sensitive()) and their group
|
||||||
* is sensitive.
|
* is sensitive.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the group is sensitive.
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the group is sensitive.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
@ -741,7 +741,7 @@ gtk_action_group_set_sensitive (GtkActionGroup *action_group,
|
|||||||
* they are visible (see gtk_action_get_visible()) and their group
|
* they are visible (see gtk_action_get_visible()) and their group
|
||||||
* is visible.
|
* is visible.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the group is visible.
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the group is visible.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
|
@ -2371,7 +2371,7 @@ default_change_palette_func (GdkScreen *screen,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Creates a new GtkColorSelection.
|
* Creates a new GtkColorSelection.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a new #GtkColorSelection
|
* Returns: a new #GtkColorSelection
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
GtkWidget *
|
GtkWidget *
|
||||||
gtk_color_selection_new (void)
|
gtk_color_selection_new (void)
|
||||||
@ -2404,7 +2404,7 @@ gtk_color_selection_new (void)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Determines whether the colorsel has an opacity control.
|
* Determines whether the colorsel has an opacity control.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the @colorsel has an opacity control,
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the @colorsel has an opacity control,
|
||||||
* %FALSE if it does't
|
* %FALSE if it does't
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
gboolean
|
gboolean
|
||||||
@ -2464,7 +2464,7 @@ gtk_color_selection_set_has_opacity_control (GtkColorSelection *colorsel,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Determines whether the color selector has a color palette.
|
* Determines whether the color selector has a color palette.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the selector has a palette, %FALSE if it hasn't
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the selector has a palette, %FALSE if it hasn't
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
gboolean
|
gboolean
|
||||||
gtk_color_selection_get_has_palette (GtkColorSelection *colorsel)
|
gtk_color_selection_get_has_palette (GtkColorSelection *colorsel)
|
||||||
@ -2612,7 +2612,7 @@ gtk_color_selection_get_current_color (GtkColorSelection *colorsel,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Returns the current alpha value.
|
* Returns the current alpha value.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: an integer between 0 and 65535
|
* Returns: an integer between 0 and 65535
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
guint16
|
guint16
|
||||||
gtk_color_selection_get_current_alpha (GtkColorSelection *colorsel)
|
gtk_color_selection_get_current_alpha (GtkColorSelection *colorsel)
|
||||||
@ -2721,7 +2721,7 @@ gtk_color_selection_get_previous_color (GtkColorSelection *colorsel,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Returns the previous alpha value.
|
* Returns the previous alpha value.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: an integer between 0 and 65535
|
* Returns: an integer between 0 and 65535
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
guint16
|
guint16
|
||||||
gtk_color_selection_get_previous_alpha (GtkColorSelection *colorsel)
|
gtk_color_selection_get_previous_alpha (GtkColorSelection *colorsel)
|
||||||
@ -2911,7 +2911,7 @@ gtk_color_selection_set_palette_color (GtkColorSelection *colorsel,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Gets the current state of the @colorsel.
|
* Gets the current state of the @colorsel.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the user is currently dragging
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the user is currently dragging
|
||||||
* a color around, and %FALSE if the selection has stopped
|
* a color around, and %FALSE if the selection has stopped
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
gboolean
|
gboolean
|
||||||
@ -2937,7 +2937,7 @@ gtk_color_selection_is_adjusting (GtkColorSelection *colorsel)
|
|||||||
* Parses a color palette string; the string is a colon-separated
|
* Parses a color palette string; the string is a colon-separated
|
||||||
* list of color names readable by gdk_color_parse().
|
* list of color names readable by gdk_color_parse().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if a palette was successfully parsed
|
* Returns: %TRUE if a palette was successfully parsed
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
gboolean
|
gboolean
|
||||||
gtk_color_selection_palette_from_string (const gchar *str,
|
gtk_color_selection_palette_from_string (const gchar *str,
|
||||||
@ -3021,7 +3021,7 @@ gtk_color_selection_palette_from_string (const gchar *str,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Encodes a palette as a string, useful for persistent storage.
|
* Encodes a palette as a string, useful for persistent storage.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: allocated string encoding the palette
|
* Returns: allocated string encoding the palette
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
gchar*
|
gchar*
|
||||||
gtk_color_selection_palette_to_string (const GdkColor *colors,
|
gtk_color_selection_palette_to_string (const GdkColor *colors,
|
||||||
@ -3072,7 +3072,7 @@ gtk_color_selection_palette_to_string (const GdkColor *colors,
|
|||||||
* the #GtkSettings:gtk-color-palette GtkSettings property so all
|
* the #GtkSettings:gtk-color-palette GtkSettings property so all
|
||||||
* GtkColorSelection widgets will be modified.
|
* GtkColorSelection widgets will be modified.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the previous change palette hook (that was replaced)
|
* Returns: the previous change palette hook (that was replaced)
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.2
|
* Since: 2.2
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
@ -603,7 +603,7 @@ gtk_font_selection_init (GtkFontSelection *fontsel)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Creates a new #GtkFontSelection.
|
* Creates a new #GtkFontSelection.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a new #GtkFontSelection
|
* Returns: a new #GtkFontSelection
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Deprecated: 3.2: Use #GtkFontChooserWidget instead
|
* Deprecated: 3.2: Use #GtkFontChooserWidget instead
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -1208,7 +1208,7 @@ gtk_font_selection_update_preview (GtkFontSelection *fontsel)
|
|||||||
* This returns the #GtkTreeView that lists font families, for
|
* This returns the #GtkTreeView that lists font families, for
|
||||||
* example, “Sans”, “Serif”, etc.
|
* example, “Sans”, “Serif”, etc.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): A #GtkWidget that is part of @fontsel
|
* Returns: (transfer none): A #GtkWidget that is part of @fontsel
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.14
|
* Since: 2.14
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
@ -1229,7 +1229,7 @@ gtk_font_selection_get_family_list (GtkFontSelection *fontsel)
|
|||||||
* This returns the #GtkTreeView which lists all styles available for
|
* This returns the #GtkTreeView which lists all styles available for
|
||||||
* the selected font. For example, “Regular”, “Bold”, etc.
|
* the selected font. For example, “Regular”, “Bold”, etc.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): A #GtkWidget that is part of @fontsel
|
* Returns: (transfer none): A #GtkWidget that is part of @fontsel
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.14
|
* Since: 2.14
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
@ -1250,7 +1250,7 @@ gtk_font_selection_get_face_list (GtkFontSelection *fontsel)
|
|||||||
* This returns the #GtkEntry used to allow the user to edit the font
|
* This returns the #GtkEntry used to allow the user to edit the font
|
||||||
* number manually instead of selecting it from the list of font sizes.
|
* number manually instead of selecting it from the list of font sizes.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): A #GtkWidget that is part of @fontsel
|
* Returns: (transfer none): A #GtkWidget that is part of @fontsel
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.14
|
* Since: 2.14
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
@ -1270,7 +1270,7 @@ gtk_font_selection_get_size_entry (GtkFontSelection *fontsel)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* This returns the #GtkTreeView used to list font sizes.
|
* This returns the #GtkTreeView used to list font sizes.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): A #GtkWidget that is part of @fontsel
|
* Returns: (transfer none): A #GtkWidget that is part of @fontsel
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.14
|
* Since: 2.14
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
@ -1290,7 +1290,7 @@ gtk_font_selection_get_size_list (GtkFontSelection *fontsel)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* This returns the #GtkEntry used to display the font as a preview.
|
* This returns the #GtkEntry used to display the font as a preview.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): A #GtkWidget that is part of @fontsel
|
* Returns: (transfer none): A #GtkWidget that is part of @fontsel
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.14
|
* Since: 2.14
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
@ -1310,7 +1310,7 @@ gtk_font_selection_get_preview_entry (GtkFontSelection *fontsel)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Gets the #PangoFontFamily representing the selected font family.
|
* Gets the #PangoFontFamily representing the selected font family.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): A #PangoFontFamily representing the
|
* Returns: (transfer none): A #PangoFontFamily representing the
|
||||||
* selected font family. Font families are a collection of font
|
* selected font family. Font families are a collection of font
|
||||||
* faces. The returned object is owned by @fontsel and must not
|
* faces. The returned object is owned by @fontsel and must not
|
||||||
* be modified or freed.
|
* be modified or freed.
|
||||||
@ -1334,7 +1334,7 @@ gtk_font_selection_get_family (GtkFontSelection *fontsel)
|
|||||||
* Gets the #PangoFontFace representing the selected font group
|
* Gets the #PangoFontFace representing the selected font group
|
||||||
* details (i.e. family, slant, weight, width, etc).
|
* details (i.e. family, slant, weight, width, etc).
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): A #PangoFontFace representing the
|
* Returns: (transfer none): A #PangoFontFace representing the
|
||||||
* selected font group details. The returned object is owned by
|
* selected font group details. The returned object is owned by
|
||||||
* @fontsel and must not be modified or freed.
|
* @fontsel and must not be modified or freed.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
@ -1356,7 +1356,7 @@ gtk_font_selection_get_face (GtkFontSelection *fontsel)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* The selected font size.
|
* The selected font size.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: A n integer representing the selected font size,
|
* Returns: A n integer representing the selected font size,
|
||||||
* or -1 if no font size is selected.
|
* or -1 if no font size is selected.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.14
|
* Since: 2.14
|
||||||
@ -1384,7 +1384,7 @@ gtk_font_selection_get_size (GtkFontSelection *fontsel)
|
|||||||
* “Helvetica Bold Italic 12”. Use pango_font_description_equal()
|
* “Helvetica Bold Italic 12”. Use pango_font_description_equal()
|
||||||
* if you want to compare two font descriptions.
|
* if you want to compare two font descriptions.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: A string with the name of the current font, or %NULL if
|
* Returns: A string with the name of the current font, or %NULL if
|
||||||
* no font is selected. You must free this string with g_free().
|
* no font is selected. You must free this string with g_free().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Deprecated: 3.2: Use #GtkFontChooser
|
* Deprecated: 3.2: Use #GtkFontChooser
|
||||||
@ -1518,7 +1518,7 @@ gtk_font_selection_select_font_desc (GtkFontSelection *fontsel,
|
|||||||
* for this to work; this can be guaranteed by simply making sure that the
|
* for this to work; this can be guaranteed by simply making sure that the
|
||||||
* @fontsel is inserted in a toplevel window before you call this function.
|
* @fontsel is inserted in a toplevel window before you call this function.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the font could be set successfully; %FALSE if no
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the font could be set successfully; %FALSE if no
|
||||||
* such font exists or if the @fontsel doesn’t belong to a particular
|
* such font exists or if the @fontsel doesn’t belong to a particular
|
||||||
* screen yet.
|
* screen yet.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
@ -1563,7 +1563,7 @@ gtk_font_selection_set_font_name (GtkFontSelection *fontsel,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Gets the text displayed in the preview area.
|
* Gets the text displayed in the preview area.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the text displayed in the preview area.
|
* Returns: the text displayed in the preview area.
|
||||||
* This string is owned by the widget and should not be
|
* This string is owned by the widget and should not be
|
||||||
* modified or freed
|
* modified or freed
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
@ -1717,7 +1717,7 @@ gtk_font_selection_dialog_init (GtkFontSelectionDialog *fontseldiag)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Creates a new #GtkFontSelectionDialog.
|
* Creates a new #GtkFontSelectionDialog.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a new #GtkFontSelectionDialog
|
* Returns: a new #GtkFontSelectionDialog
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Deprecated: 3.2: Use #GtkFontChooserDialog
|
* Deprecated: 3.2: Use #GtkFontChooserDialog
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -1761,7 +1761,7 @@ gtk_font_selection_dialog_get_font_selection (GtkFontSelectionDialog *fsd)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Gets the “OK” button.
|
* Gets the “OK” button.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): the #GtkWidget used in the dialog
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the #GtkWidget used in the dialog
|
||||||
* for the “OK” button.
|
* for the “OK” button.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.14
|
* Since: 2.14
|
||||||
@ -1782,7 +1782,7 @@ gtk_font_selection_dialog_get_ok_button (GtkFontSelectionDialog *fsd)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Gets the “Cancel” button.
|
* Gets the “Cancel” button.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): the #GtkWidget used in the dialog
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the #GtkWidget used in the dialog
|
||||||
* for the “Cancel” button.
|
* for the “Cancel” button.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.14
|
* Since: 2.14
|
||||||
@ -1838,7 +1838,7 @@ gtk_font_selection_dialog_buildable_get_internal_child (GtkBuildable *buildable,
|
|||||||
* to “Helvetica Bold Italic 12”. Use pango_font_description_equal()
|
* to “Helvetica Bold Italic 12”. Use pango_font_description_equal()
|
||||||
* if you want to compare two font descriptions.
|
* if you want to compare two font descriptions.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: A string with the name of the current font, or %NULL if no
|
* Returns: A string with the name of the current font, or %NULL if no
|
||||||
* font is selected. You must free this string with g_free().
|
* font is selected. You must free this string with g_free().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Deprecated: 3.2: Use #GtkFontChooserDialog
|
* Deprecated: 3.2: Use #GtkFontChooserDialog
|
||||||
@ -1862,7 +1862,7 @@ gtk_font_selection_dialog_get_font_name (GtkFontSelectionDialog *fsd)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Sets the currently selected font.
|
* Sets the currently selected font.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the font selected in @fsd is now the
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the font selected in @fsd is now the
|
||||||
* @fontname specified, %FALSE otherwise.
|
* @fontname specified, %FALSE otherwise.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Deprecated: 3.2: Use #GtkFontChooserDialog
|
* Deprecated: 3.2: Use #GtkFontChooserDialog
|
||||||
@ -1887,7 +1887,7 @@ gtk_font_selection_dialog_set_font_name (GtkFontSelectionDialog *fsd,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Gets the text displayed in the preview area.
|
* Gets the text displayed in the preview area.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the text displayed in the preview area.
|
* Returns: the text displayed in the preview area.
|
||||||
* This string is owned by the widget and should not be
|
* This string is owned by the widget and should not be
|
||||||
* modified or freed
|
* modified or freed
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
|
@ -930,7 +930,7 @@ gtk_handle_box_set_shadow_type (GtkHandleBox *handle_box,
|
|||||||
* Gets the type of shadow drawn around the handle box. See
|
* Gets the type of shadow drawn around the handle box. See
|
||||||
* gtk_handle_box_set_shadow_type().
|
* gtk_handle_box_set_shadow_type().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the type of shadow currently drawn around the handle box.
|
* Returns: the type of shadow currently drawn around the handle box.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Deprecated: 3.4: #GtkHandleBox has been deprecated.
|
* Deprecated: 3.4: #GtkHandleBox has been deprecated.
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -976,7 +976,7 @@ gtk_handle_box_set_handle_position (GtkHandleBox *handle_box,
|
|||||||
* Gets the handle position of the handle box. See
|
* Gets the handle position of the handle box. See
|
||||||
* gtk_handle_box_set_handle_position().
|
* gtk_handle_box_set_handle_position().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the current handle position.
|
* Returns: the current handle position.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Deprecated: 3.4: #GtkHandleBox has been deprecated.
|
* Deprecated: 3.4: #GtkHandleBox has been deprecated.
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -1039,7 +1039,7 @@ gtk_handle_box_set_snap_edge (GtkHandleBox *handle_box,
|
|||||||
* Gets the edge used for determining reattachment of the handle box.
|
* Gets the edge used for determining reattachment of the handle box.
|
||||||
* See gtk_handle_box_set_snap_edge().
|
* See gtk_handle_box_set_snap_edge().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the edge used for determining reattachment, or
|
* Returns: the edge used for determining reattachment, or
|
||||||
* (GtkPositionType)-1 if this is determined (as per default)
|
* (GtkPositionType)-1 if this is determined (as per default)
|
||||||
* from the handle position.
|
* from the handle position.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
@ -1059,7 +1059,7 @@ gtk_handle_box_get_snap_edge (GtkHandleBox *handle_box)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Whether the handlebox’s child is currently detached.
|
* Whether the handlebox’s child is currently detached.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the child is currently detached, otherwise %FALSE
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the child is currently detached, otherwise %FALSE
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.14
|
* Since: 2.14
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
|
@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ gtk_hscale_new (GtkAdjustment *adjustment)
|
|||||||
* is a power of ten. If the resulting precision is not suitable for your
|
* is a power of ten. If the resulting precision is not suitable for your
|
||||||
* needs, use gtk_scale_set_digits() to correct it.
|
* needs, use gtk_scale_set_digits() to correct it.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a new #GtkHScale
|
* Returns: a new #GtkHScale
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Deprecated: 3.2: Use gtk_scale_new_with_range() with %GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL instead
|
* Deprecated: 3.2: Use gtk_scale_new_with_range() with %GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL instead
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
|
@ -1209,7 +1209,7 @@ gtk_hsv_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Creates a new HSV color selector.
|
* Creates a new HSV color selector.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: A newly-created HSV color selector.
|
* Returns: A newly-created HSV color selector.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.14
|
* Since: 2.14
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -1362,7 +1362,7 @@ gtk_hsv_get_metrics (GtkHSV *hsv,
|
|||||||
* adjusting the value with the mouse. This function queries whether
|
* adjusting the value with the mouse. This function queries whether
|
||||||
* the HSV color selector is being adjusted or not.
|
* the HSV color selector is being adjusted or not.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if clients can ignore changes to the color value,
|
* Returns: %TRUE if clients can ignore changes to the color value,
|
||||||
* since they may be transitory, or %FALSE if they should consider
|
* since they may be transitory, or %FALSE if they should consider
|
||||||
* the color value status to be final.
|
* the color value status to be final.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
|
@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ gtk_icon_factory_finalize (GObject *object)
|
|||||||
* add a default icon factory with their icons, which will allow
|
* add a default icon factory with their icons, which will allow
|
||||||
* themes to override the icons for the application.
|
* themes to override the icons for the application.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a new #GtkIconFactory
|
* Returns: a new #GtkIconFactory
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use #GtkIconTheme instead.
|
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use #GtkIconTheme instead.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ gtk_icon_factory_add (GtkIconFactory *factory,
|
|||||||
* widget that will display the icon, instead of using this
|
* widget that will display the icon, instead of using this
|
||||||
* function directly, so that themes are taken into account.
|
* function directly, so that themes are taken into account.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): icon set of @stock_id.
|
* Returns: (transfer none): icon set of @stock_id.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use #GtkIconTheme instead.
|
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use #GtkIconTheme instead.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ _gtk_icon_factory_get_default_icons (void)
|
|||||||
* using this function directly, so that themes are taken into
|
* using this function directly, so that themes are taken into
|
||||||
* account.
|
* account.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): a #GtkIconSet, or %NULL
|
* Returns: (transfer none): a #GtkIconSet, or %NULL
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use #GtkIconTheme instead.
|
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use #GtkIconTheme instead.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -761,7 +761,7 @@ icon_size_lookup_intern (GtkIconSize size,
|
|||||||
* are free to render the pixbuf however they like, including changing
|
* are free to render the pixbuf however they like, including changing
|
||||||
* the usual size.
|
* the usual size.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if @size was a valid size
|
* Returns: %TRUE if @size was a valid size
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.2
|
* Since: 2.2
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
@ -793,7 +793,7 @@ gtk_icon_size_lookup_for_settings (GtkSettings *settings,
|
|||||||
* are free to render the pixbuf however they like, including changing
|
* are free to render the pixbuf however they like, including changing
|
||||||
* the usual size.
|
* the usual size.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if @size was a valid size
|
* Returns: %TRUE if @size was a valid size
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
gboolean
|
gboolean
|
||||||
gtk_icon_size_lookup (GtkIconSize size,
|
gtk_icon_size_lookup (GtkIconSize size,
|
||||||
@ -927,7 +927,7 @@ gtk_icon_size_register_alias (const gchar *alias,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Looks up the icon size associated with @name.
|
* Looks up the icon size associated with @name.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (type int): the icon size
|
* Returns: (type int): the icon size
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use #GtkIconTheme instead.
|
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use #GtkIconTheme instead.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -1029,7 +1029,7 @@ static guint cache_serial = 0;
|
|||||||
* #GtkIconSet is to create application-specific icon sets to place in
|
* #GtkIconSet is to create application-specific icon sets to place in
|
||||||
* a #GtkIconFactory.
|
* a #GtkIconFactory.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a new #GtkIconSet
|
* Returns: a new #GtkIconSet
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use #GtkIconTheme instead.
|
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use #GtkIconTheme instead.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -1059,7 +1059,7 @@ gtk_icon_set_new (void)
|
|||||||
* using scaling, pixelation, etc. as required to adjust the icon size
|
* using scaling, pixelation, etc. as required to adjust the icon size
|
||||||
* or make the icon look insensitive/prelighted.
|
* or make the icon look insensitive/prelighted.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a new #GtkIconSet
|
* Returns: a new #GtkIconSet
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use #GtkIconTheme instead.
|
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use #GtkIconTheme instead.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -1088,7 +1088,7 @@ gtk_icon_set_new_from_pixbuf (GdkPixbuf *pixbuf)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Increments the reference count on @icon_set.
|
* Increments the reference count on @icon_set.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: @icon_set.
|
* Returns: @icon_set.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use #GtkIconTheme instead.
|
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use #GtkIconTheme instead.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -1147,7 +1147,7 @@ G_DEFINE_BOXED_TYPE (GtkIconSet, gtk_icon_set,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Copies @icon_set by value.
|
* Copies @icon_set by value.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a new #GtkIconSet identical to the first.
|
* Returns: a new #GtkIconSet identical to the first.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use #GtkIconTheme instead.
|
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use #GtkIconTheme instead.
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -1550,7 +1550,7 @@ G_GNUC_END_IGNORE_DEPRECATIONS;
|
|||||||
* (perhaps because an image file fails to load), a default "missing
|
* (perhaps because an image file fails to load), a default "missing
|
||||||
* image" icon will be returned instead.
|
* image" icon will be returned instead.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer full): a #GdkPixbuf to be displayed
|
* Returns: (transfer full): a #GdkPixbuf to be displayed
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.0
|
* Since: 3.0
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
@ -1583,7 +1583,7 @@ gtk_icon_set_render_icon_pixbuf (GtkIconSet *icon_set,
|
|||||||
* (perhaps because an image file fails to load), a default "missing
|
* (perhaps because an image file fails to load), a default "missing
|
||||||
* image" icon will be returned instead.
|
* image" icon will be returned instead.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer full): a #cairo_surface_t to be displayed
|
* Returns: (transfer full): a #cairo_surface_t to be displayed
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.10
|
* Since: 3.10
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
@ -1629,7 +1629,7 @@ gtk_icon_set_render_icon_surface (GtkIconSet *icon_set,
|
|||||||
* (perhaps because an image file fails to load), a default "missing
|
* (perhaps because an image file fails to load), a default "missing
|
||||||
* image" icon will be returned instead.
|
* image" icon will be returned instead.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer full): a #GdkPixbuf to be displayed
|
* Returns: (transfer full): a #GdkPixbuf to be displayed
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Deprecated: 3.0: Use gtk_icon_set_render_icon_pixbuf() instead
|
* Deprecated: 3.0: Use gtk_icon_set_render_icon_pixbuf() instead
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -1885,7 +1885,7 @@ gtk_icon_set_get_sizes (GtkIconSet *icon_set,
|
|||||||
* the icon source will be used as the base icon for any desired text
|
* the icon source will be used as the base icon for any desired text
|
||||||
* direction, widget state, or icon size.
|
* direction, widget state, or icon size.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a new #GtkIconSource
|
* Returns: a new #GtkIconSource
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use #GtkIconTheme instead.
|
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use #GtkIconTheme instead.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -1913,7 +1913,7 @@ gtk_icon_source_new (void)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Creates a copy of @source; mostly useful for language bindings.
|
* Creates a copy of @source; mostly useful for language bindings.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a new #GtkIconSource
|
* Returns: a new #GtkIconSource
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use #GtkIconTheme instead.
|
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use #GtkIconTheme instead.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -2101,7 +2101,7 @@ gtk_icon_source_set_pixbuf (GtkIconSource *source,
|
|||||||
* filename is not a copy, and should not be modified or expected to
|
* filename is not a copy, and should not be modified or expected to
|
||||||
* persist beyond the lifetime of the icon source.
|
* persist beyond the lifetime of the icon source.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (type filename): image filename. This string must not
|
* Returns: (type filename): image filename. This string must not
|
||||||
* be modified or freed.
|
* be modified or freed.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use #GtkIconTheme instead.
|
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use #GtkIconTheme instead.
|
||||||
@ -2125,7 +2125,7 @@ gtk_icon_source_get_filename (const GtkIconSource *source)
|
|||||||
* icon_name is not a copy, and should not be modified or expected to
|
* icon_name is not a copy, and should not be modified or expected to
|
||||||
* persist beyond the lifetime of the icon source.
|
* persist beyond the lifetime of the icon source.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: icon name. This string must not be modified or freed.
|
* Returns: icon name. This string must not be modified or freed.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use #GtkIconTheme instead.
|
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use #GtkIconTheme instead.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -2153,7 +2153,7 @@ gtk_icon_source_get_icon_name (const GtkIconSource *source)
|
|||||||
* virtual function. The reference count on the pixbuf is
|
* virtual function. The reference count on the pixbuf is
|
||||||
* not incremented.
|
* not incremented.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): source pixbuf
|
* Returns: (transfer none): source pixbuf
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use #GtkIconTheme instead.
|
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use #GtkIconTheme instead.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -2262,7 +2262,7 @@ gtk_icon_source_set_size_wildcarded (GtkIconSource *source,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Gets the value set by gtk_icon_source_set_size_wildcarded().
|
* Gets the value set by gtk_icon_source_set_size_wildcarded().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if this icon source is a base for any icon size variant
|
* Returns: %TRUE if this icon source is a base for any icon size variant
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use #GtkIconTheme instead.
|
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use #GtkIconTheme instead.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -2280,7 +2280,7 @@ gtk_icon_source_get_size_wildcarded (const GtkIconSource *source)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Gets the value set by gtk_icon_source_set_state_wildcarded().
|
* Gets the value set by gtk_icon_source_set_state_wildcarded().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if this icon source is a base for any widget state variant
|
* Returns: %TRUE if this icon source is a base for any widget state variant
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use #GtkIconTheme instead.
|
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use #GtkIconTheme instead.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -2298,7 +2298,7 @@ gtk_icon_source_get_state_wildcarded (const GtkIconSource *source)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Gets the value set by gtk_icon_source_set_direction_wildcarded().
|
* Gets the value set by gtk_icon_source_set_direction_wildcarded().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if this icon source is a base for any text direction variant
|
* Returns: %TRUE if this icon source is a base for any text direction variant
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use #GtkIconTheme instead.
|
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use #GtkIconTheme instead.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -2390,7 +2390,7 @@ gtk_icon_source_set_size (GtkIconSource *source,
|
|||||||
* value is only useful/meaningful if the text direction is not
|
* value is only useful/meaningful if the text direction is not
|
||||||
* wildcarded.
|
* wildcarded.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: text direction this source matches
|
* Returns: text direction this source matches
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use #GtkIconTheme instead.
|
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use #GtkIconTheme instead.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -2410,7 +2410,7 @@ gtk_icon_source_get_direction (const GtkIconSource *source)
|
|||||||
* value is only useful/meaningful if the widget state is not
|
* value is only useful/meaningful if the widget state is not
|
||||||
* wildcarded.
|
* wildcarded.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: widget state this source matches
|
* Returns: widget state this source matches
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use #GtkIconTheme instead.
|
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use #GtkIconTheme instead.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -2429,7 +2429,7 @@ gtk_icon_source_get_state (const GtkIconSource *source)
|
|||||||
* Obtains the icon size this source applies to. The return value
|
* Obtains the icon size this source applies to. The return value
|
||||||
* is only useful/meaningful if the icon size is not wildcarded.
|
* is only useful/meaningful if the icon size is not wildcarded.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (type int): icon size this source matches.
|
* Returns: (type int): icon size this source matches.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use #GtkIconTheme instead.
|
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use #GtkIconTheme instead.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -2722,7 +2722,7 @@ _gtk_icon_set_invalidate_caches (void)
|
|||||||
* The strings in the returned list aren’t copied.
|
* The strings in the returned list aren’t copied.
|
||||||
* The list itself should be freed.
|
* The list itself should be freed.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: List of ids in icon factories
|
* Returns: List of ids in icon factories
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use #GtkIconTheme instead.
|
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use #GtkIconTheme instead.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
@ -1109,7 +1109,7 @@ gtk_image_menu_item_set_image (GtkImageMenuItem *image_menu_item,
|
|||||||
* Gets the widget that is currently set as the image of @image_menu_item.
|
* Gets the widget that is currently set as the image of @image_menu_item.
|
||||||
* See gtk_image_menu_item_set_image().
|
* See gtk_image_menu_item_set_image().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): the widget set as image of @image_menu_item
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the widget set as image of @image_menu_item
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Deprecated: 3.10
|
* Deprecated: 3.10
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
|
@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ gtk_radio_action_init (GtkRadioAction *action)
|
|||||||
* a #GtkActionGroup and set the accelerator for the action,
|
* a #GtkActionGroup and set the accelerator for the action,
|
||||||
* call gtk_action_group_add_action_with_accel().
|
* call gtk_action_group_add_action_with_accel().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a new #GtkRadioAction
|
* Returns: a new #GtkRadioAction
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
@ -544,7 +544,7 @@ gtk_radio_action_join_group (GtkRadioAction *action,
|
|||||||
* Obtains the value property of the currently active member of
|
* Obtains the value property of the currently active member of
|
||||||
* the group to which @action belongs.
|
* the group to which @action belongs.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: The value of the currently active group member
|
* Returns: The value of the currently active group member
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
|
@ -948,7 +948,7 @@ gtk_rc_set_default_files (gchar **filenames)
|
|||||||
* Retrieves the current list of RC files that will be parsed
|
* Retrieves the current list of RC files that will be parsed
|
||||||
* at the end of gtk_init().
|
* at the end of gtk_init().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none) (array zero-terminated=1) (element-type filename):
|
* Returns: (transfer none) (array zero-terminated=1) (element-type filename):
|
||||||
* A %NULL-terminated array of filenames. This memory is owned
|
* A %NULL-terminated array of filenames. This memory is owned
|
||||||
* by GTK+ and must not be freed by the application. If you want
|
* by GTK+ and must not be freed by the application. If you want
|
||||||
* to store this information, you should make a copy.
|
* to store this information, you should make a copy.
|
||||||
@ -1140,7 +1140,7 @@ gtk_rc_style_new (void)
|
|||||||
* will correctly copy an RC style that is a member of a class
|
* will correctly copy an RC style that is a member of a class
|
||||||
* derived from #GtkRcStyle.
|
* derived from #GtkRcStyle.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer full): the resulting #GtkRcStyle
|
* Returns: (transfer full): the resulting #GtkRcStyle
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Deprecated: 3.0: Use #GtkCssProvider instead.
|
* Deprecated: 3.0: Use #GtkCssProvider instead.
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -1329,7 +1329,7 @@ gtk_rc_reset_styles (GtkSettings *settings)
|
|||||||
* for the given #GtkSettings has changed, discard all style information
|
* for the given #GtkSettings has changed, discard all style information
|
||||||
* and then reread all previously read RC files.
|
* and then reread all previously read RC files.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the files were reread.
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the files were reread.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Deprecated: 3.0: Use #GtkCssProvider instead.
|
* Deprecated: 3.0: Use #GtkCssProvider instead.
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -1347,7 +1347,7 @@ gtk_rc_reparse_all_for_settings (GtkSettings *settings,
|
|||||||
* default #GtkSettings has changed, discard all style information
|
* default #GtkSettings has changed, discard all style information
|
||||||
* and then reread all previously read RC files.
|
* and then reread all previously read RC files.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the files were reread.
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the files were reread.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Deprecated: 3.0: Use #GtkCssProvider instead.
|
* Deprecated: 3.0: Use #GtkCssProvider instead.
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -1409,7 +1409,7 @@ gtk_rc_get_style (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||||||
* G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget));
|
* G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget));
|
||||||
* ]|
|
* ]|
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): A style created by matching with the
|
* Returns: (transfer none): A style created by matching with the
|
||||||
* supplied paths, or %NULL if nothing matching was specified and the
|
* supplied paths, or %NULL if nothing matching was specified and the
|
||||||
* default style should be used. The returned value is owned by GTK+
|
* default style should be used. The returned value is owned by GTK+
|
||||||
* as part of an internal cache, so you must call g_object_ref() on
|
* as part of an internal cache, so you must call g_object_ref() on
|
||||||
@ -1553,7 +1553,7 @@ lookup_color (GtkRcStyle *style,
|
|||||||
* If the file is not found, it outputs a warning message using
|
* If the file is not found, it outputs a warning message using
|
||||||
* g_warning() and returns %NULL.
|
* g_warning() and returns %NULL.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (type filename): the filename.
|
* Returns: (type filename): the filename.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Deprecated: 3.0: Use #GtkCssProvider instead.
|
* Deprecated: 3.0: Use #GtkCssProvider instead.
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -1574,7 +1574,7 @@ gtk_rc_find_pixmap_in_path (GtkSettings *settings,
|
|||||||
* Searches for a theme engine in the GTK+ search path. This function
|
* Searches for a theme engine in the GTK+ search path. This function
|
||||||
* is not useful for applications and should not be used.
|
* is not useful for applications and should not be used.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (type filename): The filename, if found (must be
|
* Returns: (type filename): The filename, if found (must be
|
||||||
* freed with g_free()), otherwise %NULL.
|
* freed with g_free()), otherwise %NULL.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Deprecated: 3.0: Use #GtkCssProvider instead.
|
* Deprecated: 3.0: Use #GtkCssProvider instead.
|
||||||
|
@ -688,7 +688,7 @@ gtk_recent_action_init (GtkRecentAction *action)
|
|||||||
* a #GtkActionGroup and set the accelerator for the action,
|
* a #GtkActionGroup and set the accelerator for the action,
|
||||||
* call gtk_action_group_add_action_with_accel().
|
* call gtk_action_group_add_action_with_accel().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the newly created #GtkRecentAction.
|
* Returns: the newly created #GtkRecentAction.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.12
|
* Since: 2.12
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
@ -725,7 +725,7 @@ gtk_recent_action_new (const gchar *name,
|
|||||||
* a #GtkActionGroup and set the accelerator for the action,
|
* a #GtkActionGroup and set the accelerator for the action,
|
||||||
* call gtk_action_group_add_action_with_accel().
|
* call gtk_action_group_add_action_with_accel().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the newly created #GtkRecentAction
|
* Returns: the newly created #GtkRecentAction
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.12
|
* Since: 2.12
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
@ -756,7 +756,7 @@ gtk_recent_action_new_for_manager (const gchar *name,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Returns the value set by gtk_recent_chooser_menu_set_show_numbers().
|
* Returns the value set by gtk_recent_chooser_menu_set_show_numbers().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if numbers should be shown.
|
* Returns: %TRUE if numbers should be shown.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.12
|
* Since: 2.12
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
|
@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ gtk_stock_add_static (const GtkStockItem *items,
|
|||||||
* Fills @item with the registered values for @stock_id, returning %TRUE
|
* Fills @item with the registered values for @stock_id, returning %TRUE
|
||||||
* if @stock_id was known.
|
* if @stock_id was known.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if @item was initialized
|
* Returns: %TRUE if @item was initialized
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Deprecated: 3.10
|
* Deprecated: 3.10
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ gtk_stock_lookup (const gchar *stock_id,
|
|||||||
* or registered with gtk_stock_add(). The list must be freed with g_slist_free(),
|
* or registered with gtk_stock_add(). The list must be freed with g_slist_free(),
|
||||||
* and each string in the list must be freed with g_free().
|
* and each string in the list must be freed with g_free().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (element-type utf8) (transfer full): a list of known stock IDs
|
* Returns: (element-type utf8) (transfer full): a list of known stock IDs
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Deprecated: 3.10
|
* Deprecated: 3.10
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ gtk_stock_list_ids (void)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Copies a stock item, mostly useful for language bindings and not in applications.
|
* Copies a stock item, mostly useful for language bindings and not in applications.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a new #GtkStockItem
|
* Returns: a new #GtkStockItem
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Deprecated: 3.10
|
* Deprecated: 3.10
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
|
@ -960,7 +960,7 @@ gtk_style_detach (GtkStyle *style)
|
|||||||
* and the default icon factory, returning an icon set if found,
|
* and the default icon factory, returning an icon set if found,
|
||||||
* otherwise %NULL.
|
* otherwise %NULL.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): icon set of @stock_id
|
* Returns: (transfer none): icon set of @stock_id
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Deprecated:3.0: Use gtk_style_context_lookup_icon_set() instead
|
* Deprecated:3.0: Use gtk_style_context_lookup_icon_set() instead
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -993,7 +993,7 @@ gtk_style_lookup_icon_set (GtkStyle *style,
|
|||||||
* it depends on the #GtkStyle and might change when a theme
|
* it depends on the #GtkStyle and might change when a theme
|
||||||
* switch occurs.
|
* switch occurs.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the mapping was found.
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the mapping was found.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.10
|
* Since: 2.10
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
@ -1290,7 +1290,7 @@ gtk_style_real_set_background (GtkStyle *style,
|
|||||||
* according to the given parameters and returns the result in a
|
* according to the given parameters and returns the result in a
|
||||||
* pixbuf.
|
* pixbuf.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer full): a newly-created #GdkPixbuf
|
* Returns: (transfer full): a newly-created #GdkPixbuf
|
||||||
* containing the rendered icon
|
* containing the rendered icon
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Deprecated:3.0: Use gtk_render_icon_pixbuf() instead
|
* Deprecated:3.0: Use gtk_render_icon_pixbuf() instead
|
||||||
@ -4160,7 +4160,7 @@ gtk_widget_ensure_style (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Simply an accessor function that returns @widget->style.
|
* Simply an accessor function that returns @widget->style.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): the widget’s #GtkStyle
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the widget’s #GtkStyle
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Deprecated:3.0: Use #GtkStyleContext instead
|
* Deprecated:3.0: Use #GtkStyleContext instead
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -4239,7 +4239,7 @@ gtk_widget_modify_style (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||||||
* thus dropping any reference to the old modifier style. Add a reference
|
* thus dropping any reference to the old modifier style. Add a reference
|
||||||
* to the modifier style if you want to keep it alive.
|
* to the modifier style if you want to keep it alive.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): the modifier style for the widget.
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the modifier style for the widget.
|
||||||
* This rc style is owned by the widget. If you want to keep a
|
* This rc style is owned by the widget. If you want to keep a
|
||||||
* pointer to value this around, you must add a refcount using
|
* pointer to value this around, you must add a refcount using
|
||||||
* g_object_ref().
|
* g_object_ref().
|
||||||
@ -4749,7 +4749,7 @@ gtk_widget_class_path (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||||||
* the application and should not be modified. The pixbuf should be
|
* the application and should not be modified. The pixbuf should be
|
||||||
* freed after use with g_object_unref().
|
* freed after use with g_object_unref().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer full): a new pixbuf, or %NULL if the
|
* Returns: (transfer full): a new pixbuf, or %NULL if the
|
||||||
* stock ID wasn’t known
|
* stock ID wasn’t known
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Deprecated: 3.0: Use gtk_widget_render_icon_pixbuf() instead.
|
* Deprecated: 3.0: Use gtk_widget_render_icon_pixbuf() instead.
|
||||||
|
@ -866,7 +866,7 @@ gtk_table_set_row_spacing (GtkTable *table,
|
|||||||
* Gets the amount of space between row @row, and
|
* Gets the amount of space between row @row, and
|
||||||
* row @row + 1. See gtk_table_set_row_spacing().
|
* row @row + 1. See gtk_table_set_row_spacing().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the row spacing
|
* Returns: the row spacing
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Deprecated: 3.4: #GtkGrid does not offer a replacement for this
|
* Deprecated: 3.4: #GtkGrid does not offer a replacement for this
|
||||||
* functionality.
|
* functionality.
|
||||||
@ -929,7 +929,7 @@ gtk_table_set_col_spacing (GtkTable *table,
|
|||||||
* Gets the amount of space between column @col, and
|
* Gets the amount of space between column @col, and
|
||||||
* column @col + 1. See gtk_table_set_col_spacing().
|
* column @col + 1. See gtk_table_set_col_spacing().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the column spacing
|
* Returns: the column spacing
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Deprecated: 3.4: #GtkGrid does not offer a replacement for this
|
* Deprecated: 3.4: #GtkGrid does not offer a replacement for this
|
||||||
* functionality.
|
* functionality.
|
||||||
@ -987,7 +987,7 @@ gtk_table_set_row_spacings (GtkTable *table,
|
|||||||
* the spacing that will be used for newly added rows.
|
* the spacing that will be used for newly added rows.
|
||||||
* (See gtk_table_set_row_spacings())
|
* (See gtk_table_set_row_spacings())
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the default row spacing
|
* Returns: the default row spacing
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Deprecated: 3.4: Use gtk_grid_get_row_spacing() with #GtkGrid.
|
* Deprecated: 3.4: Use gtk_grid_get_row_spacing() with #GtkGrid.
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -1038,7 +1038,7 @@ gtk_table_set_col_spacings (GtkTable *table,
|
|||||||
* the spacing that will be used for newly added columns.
|
* the spacing that will be used for newly added columns.
|
||||||
* (See gtk_table_set_col_spacings())
|
* (See gtk_table_set_col_spacings())
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the default column spacing
|
* Returns: the default column spacing
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Deprecated: 3.4: Use gtk_grid_get_column_spacing() with #GtkGrid.
|
* Deprecated: 3.4: Use gtk_grid_get_column_spacing() with #GtkGrid.
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -1091,7 +1091,7 @@ gtk_table_set_homogeneous (GtkTable *table,
|
|||||||
* Returns whether the table cells are all constrained to the same
|
* Returns whether the table cells are all constrained to the same
|
||||||
* width and height. (See gtk_table_set_homogeneous ())
|
* width and height. (See gtk_table_set_homogeneous ())
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the cells are all constrained to the same size
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the cells are all constrained to the same size
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Deprecated: 3.4: Use gtk_grid_get_row_homogeneous() and
|
* Deprecated: 3.4: Use gtk_grid_get_row_homogeneous() and
|
||||||
* gtk_grid_get_column_homogeneous() with #GtkGrid.
|
* gtk_grid_get_column_homogeneous() with #GtkGrid.
|
||||||
|
@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ gtk_toggle_action_init (GtkToggleAction *action)
|
|||||||
* a #GtkActionGroup and set the accelerator for the action,
|
* a #GtkActionGroup and set the accelerator for the action,
|
||||||
* call gtk_action_group_add_action_with_accel().
|
* call gtk_action_group_add_action_with_accel().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a new #GtkToggleAction
|
* Returns: a new #GtkToggleAction
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
|
@ -829,7 +829,7 @@ gtk_ui_manager_real_get_action (GtkUIManager *manager,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Creates a new ui manager object.
|
* Creates a new ui manager object.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a new ui manager object.
|
* Returns: a new ui manager object.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
@ -849,7 +849,7 @@ gtk_ui_manager_new (void)
|
|||||||
* Returns whether menus generated by this #GtkUIManager
|
* Returns whether menus generated by this #GtkUIManager
|
||||||
* will have tearoff menu items.
|
* will have tearoff menu items.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: whether tearoff menu items are added
|
* Returns: whether tearoff menu items are added
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
@ -1049,7 +1049,7 @@ gtk_ui_manager_remove_action_group (GtkUIManager *manager,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Returns the list of action groups associated with @manager.
|
* Returns the list of action groups associated with @manager.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (element-type GtkActionGroup) (transfer none): a #GList of
|
* Returns: (element-type GtkActionGroup) (transfer none): a #GList of
|
||||||
* action groups. The list is owned by GTK+
|
* action groups. The list is owned by GTK+
|
||||||
* and should not be modified.
|
* and should not be modified.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
@ -1071,7 +1071,7 @@ gtk_ui_manager_get_action_groups (GtkUIManager *manager)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Returns the #GtkAccelGroup associated with @manager.
|
* Returns the #GtkAccelGroup associated with @manager.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): the #GtkAccelGroup.
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the #GtkAccelGroup.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
@ -1105,7 +1105,7 @@ gtk_ui_manager_get_accel_group (GtkUIManager *manager)
|
|||||||
* function to some container or explicitly ref them, they will survive the
|
* function to some container or explicitly ref them, they will survive the
|
||||||
* destruction of the ui manager.
|
* destruction of the ui manager.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): the widget found by following the path,
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the widget found by following the path,
|
||||||
* or %NULL if no widget was found
|
* or %NULL if no widget was found
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
@ -1163,7 +1163,7 @@ collect_toplevels (GNode *node,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Obtains a list of all toplevel widgets of the requested types.
|
* Obtains a list of all toplevel widgets of the requested types.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (element-type GtkWidget) (transfer container): a newly-allocated #GSList of
|
* Returns: (element-type GtkWidget) (transfer container): a newly-allocated #GSList of
|
||||||
* all toplevel widgets of the requested types. Free the returned list with g_slist_free().
|
* all toplevel widgets of the requested types. Free the returned list with g_slist_free().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
@ -1201,7 +1201,7 @@ gtk_ui_manager_get_toplevels (GtkUIManager *manager,
|
|||||||
* Looks up an action by following a path. See gtk_ui_manager_get_widget()
|
* Looks up an action by following a path. See gtk_ui_manager_get_widget()
|
||||||
* for more information about paths.
|
* for more information about paths.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): the action whose proxy widget is found by following the path,
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the action whose proxy widget is found by following the path,
|
||||||
* or %NULL if no widget was found.
|
* or %NULL if no widget was found.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
@ -1413,7 +1413,7 @@ free_node (GNode *node)
|
|||||||
* Returns an unused merge id, suitable for use with
|
* Returns an unused merge id, suitable for use with
|
||||||
* gtk_ui_manager_add_ui().
|
* gtk_ui_manager_add_ui().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: an unused merge id.
|
* Returns: an unused merge id.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
@ -1937,7 +1937,7 @@ add_ui_from_string (GtkUIManager *manager,
|
|||||||
* the current contents of @manager. An enclosing <ui> element is added if
|
* the current contents of @manager. An enclosing <ui> element is added if
|
||||||
* it is missing.
|
* it is missing.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: The merge id for the merged UI. The merge id can be used
|
* Returns: The merge id for the merged UI. The merge id can be used
|
||||||
* to unmerge the UI with gtk_ui_manager_remove_ui(). If an error occurred,
|
* to unmerge the UI with gtk_ui_manager_remove_ui(). If an error occurred,
|
||||||
* the return value is 0.
|
* the return value is 0.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
@ -1981,7 +1981,7 @@ gtk_ui_manager_add_ui_from_string (GtkUIManager *manager,
|
|||||||
* Parses a file containing a [UI definition][XML-UI] and
|
* Parses a file containing a [UI definition][XML-UI] and
|
||||||
* merges it with the current contents of @manager.
|
* merges it with the current contents of @manager.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: The merge id for the merged UI. The merge id can be used
|
* Returns: The merge id for the merged UI. The merge id can be used
|
||||||
* to unmerge the UI with gtk_ui_manager_remove_ui(). If an error occurred,
|
* to unmerge the UI with gtk_ui_manager_remove_ui(). If an error occurred,
|
||||||
* the return value is 0.
|
* the return value is 0.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
@ -2018,7 +2018,7 @@ gtk_ui_manager_add_ui_from_file (GtkUIManager *manager,
|
|||||||
* Parses a resource file containing a [UI definition][XML-UI] and
|
* Parses a resource file containing a [UI definition][XML-UI] and
|
||||||
* merges it with the current contents of @manager.
|
* merges it with the current contents of @manager.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: The merge id for the merged UI. The merge id can be used
|
* Returns: The merge id for the merged UI. The merge id can be used
|
||||||
* to unmerge the UI with gtk_ui_manager_remove_ui(). If an error occurred,
|
* to unmerge the UI with gtk_ui_manager_remove_ui(). If an error occurred,
|
||||||
* the return value is 0.
|
* the return value is 0.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
@ -3343,7 +3343,7 @@ gtk_ui_manager_buildable_custom_tag_end (GtkBuildable *buildable,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Creates a [UI definition][XML-UI] of the merged UI.
|
* Creates a [UI definition][XML-UI] of the merged UI.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: A newly allocated string containing an XML representation of
|
* Returns: A newly allocated string containing an XML representation of
|
||||||
* the merged UI.
|
* the merged UI.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
|
@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ gtk_vscale_new (GtkAdjustment *adjustment)
|
|||||||
* is a power of ten. If the resulting precision is not suitable for your
|
* is a power of ten. If the resulting precision is not suitable for your
|
||||||
* needs, use gtk_scale_set_digits() to correct it.
|
* needs, use gtk_scale_set_digits() to correct it.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a new #GtkVScale
|
* Returns: a new #GtkVScale
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Deprecated: 3.2: Use gtk_scale_new_with_range() with %GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL instead
|
* Deprecated: 3.2: Use gtk_scale_new_with_range() with %GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL instead
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
|
@ -1003,7 +1003,7 @@ gtk_about_dialog_show (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Returns the program name displayed in the about dialog.
|
* Returns the program name displayed in the about dialog.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: The program name. The string is owned by the about
|
* Returns: The program name. The string is owned by the about
|
||||||
* dialog and must not be modified.
|
* dialog and must not be modified.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.12
|
* Since: 2.12
|
||||||
@ -1083,7 +1083,7 @@ gtk_about_dialog_set_program_name (GtkAboutDialog *about,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Returns the version string.
|
* Returns the version string.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: The version string. The string is owned by the about
|
* Returns: The version string. The string is owned by the about
|
||||||
* dialog and must not be modified.
|
* dialog and must not be modified.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.6
|
* Since: 2.6
|
||||||
@ -1131,7 +1131,7 @@ gtk_about_dialog_set_version (GtkAboutDialog *about,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Returns the copyright string.
|
* Returns the copyright string.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: The copyright string. The string is owned by the about
|
* Returns: The copyright string. The string is owned by the about
|
||||||
* dialog and must not be modified.
|
* dialog and must not be modified.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.6
|
* Since: 2.6
|
||||||
@ -1190,7 +1190,7 @@ gtk_about_dialog_set_copyright (GtkAboutDialog *about,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Returns the comments string.
|
* Returns the comments string.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: The comments. The string is owned by the about
|
* Returns: The comments. The string is owned by the about
|
||||||
* dialog and must not be modified.
|
* dialog and must not be modified.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.6
|
* Since: 2.6
|
||||||
@ -1247,7 +1247,7 @@ gtk_about_dialog_set_comments (GtkAboutDialog *about,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Returns the license information.
|
* Returns the license information.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: The license information. The string is owned by the about
|
* Returns: The license information. The string is owned by the about
|
||||||
* dialog and must not be modified.
|
* dialog and must not be modified.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.6
|
* Since: 2.6
|
||||||
@ -1358,7 +1358,7 @@ gtk_about_dialog_set_wrap_license (GtkAboutDialog *about,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Returns the website URL.
|
* Returns the website URL.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: The website URL. The string is owned by the about
|
* Returns: The website URL. The string is owned by the about
|
||||||
* dialog and must not be modified.
|
* dialog and must not be modified.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.6
|
* Since: 2.6
|
||||||
@ -1410,7 +1410,7 @@ gtk_about_dialog_set_website (GtkAboutDialog *about,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Returns the label used for the website link.
|
* Returns the label used for the website link.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: The label used for the website link. The string is
|
* Returns: The label used for the website link. The string is
|
||||||
* owned by the about dialog and must not be modified.
|
* owned by the about dialog and must not be modified.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.6
|
* Since: 2.6
|
||||||
@ -1463,7 +1463,7 @@ gtk_about_dialog_set_website_label (GtkAboutDialog *about,
|
|||||||
* Returns the string which are displayed in the authors tab
|
* Returns the string which are displayed in the authors tab
|
||||||
* of the secondary credits dialog.
|
* of the secondary credits dialog.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (array zero-terminated=1) (transfer none): A
|
* Returns: (array zero-terminated=1) (transfer none): A
|
||||||
* %NULL-terminated string array containing the authors. The array is
|
* %NULL-terminated string array containing the authors. The array is
|
||||||
* owned by the about dialog and must not be modified.
|
* owned by the about dialog and must not be modified.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
@ -1518,7 +1518,7 @@ gtk_about_dialog_set_authors (GtkAboutDialog *about,
|
|||||||
* Returns the string which are displayed in the documenters
|
* Returns the string which are displayed in the documenters
|
||||||
* tab of the secondary credits dialog.
|
* tab of the secondary credits dialog.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (array zero-terminated=1) (transfer none): A
|
* Returns: (array zero-terminated=1) (transfer none): A
|
||||||
* %NULL-terminated string array containing the documenters. The
|
* %NULL-terminated string array containing the documenters. The
|
||||||
* array is owned by the about dialog and must not be modified.
|
* array is owned by the about dialog and must not be modified.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
@ -1573,7 +1573,7 @@ gtk_about_dialog_set_documenters (GtkAboutDialog *about,
|
|||||||
* Returns the string which are displayed in the artists tab
|
* Returns the string which are displayed in the artists tab
|
||||||
* of the secondary credits dialog.
|
* of the secondary credits dialog.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (array zero-terminated=1) (transfer none): A
|
* Returns: (array zero-terminated=1) (transfer none): A
|
||||||
* %NULL-terminated string array containing the artists. The array is
|
* %NULL-terminated string array containing the artists. The array is
|
||||||
* owned by the about dialog and must not be modified.
|
* owned by the about dialog and must not be modified.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
@ -1628,7 +1628,7 @@ gtk_about_dialog_set_artists (GtkAboutDialog *about,
|
|||||||
* Returns the translator credits string which is displayed
|
* Returns the translator credits string which is displayed
|
||||||
* in the translators tab of the secondary credits dialog.
|
* in the translators tab of the secondary credits dialog.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: The translator credits string. The string is
|
* Returns: The translator credits string. The string is
|
||||||
* owned by the about dialog and must not be modified.
|
* owned by the about dialog and must not be modified.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.6
|
* Since: 2.6
|
||||||
@ -1690,7 +1690,7 @@ gtk_about_dialog_set_translator_credits (GtkAboutDialog *about,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Returns the pixbuf displayed as logo in the about dialog.
|
* Returns the pixbuf displayed as logo in the about dialog.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): the pixbuf displayed as logo. The
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the pixbuf displayed as logo. The
|
||||||
* pixbuf is owned by the about dialog. If you want to keep a
|
* pixbuf is owned by the about dialog. If you want to keep a
|
||||||
* reference to it, you have to call g_object_ref() on it.
|
* reference to it, you have to call g_object_ref() on it.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
@ -1763,7 +1763,7 @@ gtk_about_dialog_set_logo (GtkAboutDialog *about,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Returns the icon name displayed as logo in the about dialog.
|
* Returns the icon name displayed as logo in the about dialog.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the icon name displayed as logo. The string is
|
* Returns: the icon name displayed as logo. The string is
|
||||||
* owned by the dialog. If you want to keep a reference
|
* owned by the dialog. If you want to keep a reference
|
||||||
* to it, you have to call g_strdup() on it.
|
* to it, you have to call g_strdup() on it.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
@ -2512,7 +2512,7 @@ gtk_about_dialog_set_license_type (GtkAboutDialog *about,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Retrieves the license set using gtk_about_dialog_set_license_type()
|
* Retrieves the license set using gtk_about_dialog_set_license_type()
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a #GtkLicense value
|
* Returns: a #GtkLicense value
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.0
|
* Since: 3.0
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ gtk_accel_map_init (GtkAccelMap *accel_map)
|
|||||||
* map via the ::changed signal; it isn’t a parameter to the
|
* map via the ::changed signal; it isn’t a parameter to the
|
||||||
* other accelerator map functions.
|
* other accelerator map functions.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): the global #GtkAccelMap object
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the global #GtkAccelMap object
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
|
@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ gtk_action_bar_set_center_widget (GtkActionBar *action_bar,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Retrieves the center bar widget of the bar.
|
* Retrieves the center bar widget of the bar.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): the center #GtkWidget.
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the center #GtkWidget.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.12
|
* Since: 3.12
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ gtk_adjustment_new (gdouble value,
|
|||||||
* Gets the current value of the adjustment. See
|
* Gets the current value of the adjustment. See
|
||||||
* gtk_adjustment_set_value ().
|
* gtk_adjustment_set_value ().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: The current value of the adjustment.
|
* Returns: The current value of the adjustment.
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
gdouble
|
gdouble
|
||||||
gtk_adjustment_get_value (GtkAdjustment *adjustment)
|
gtk_adjustment_get_value (GtkAdjustment *adjustment)
|
||||||
@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ gtk_adjustment_set_value (GtkAdjustment *adjustment,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Retrieves the minimum value of the adjustment.
|
* Retrieves the minimum value of the adjustment.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: The current minimum value of the adjustment.
|
* Returns: The current minimum value of the adjustment.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.14
|
* Since: 2.14
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -495,7 +495,7 @@ gtk_adjustment_set_lower (GtkAdjustment *adjustment,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Retrieves the maximum value of the adjustment.
|
* Retrieves the maximum value of the adjustment.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: The current maximum value of the adjustment.
|
* Returns: The current maximum value of the adjustment.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.14
|
* Since: 2.14
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -540,7 +540,7 @@ gtk_adjustment_set_upper (GtkAdjustment *adjustment,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Retrieves the step increment of the adjustment.
|
* Retrieves the step increment of the adjustment.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: The current step increment of the adjustment.
|
* Returns: The current step increment of the adjustment.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.14
|
* Since: 2.14
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ gtk_adjustment_set_step_increment (GtkAdjustment *adjustment,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Retrieves the page increment of the adjustment.
|
* Retrieves the page increment of the adjustment.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: The current page increment of the adjustment.
|
* Returns: The current page increment of the adjustment.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.14
|
* Since: 2.14
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -622,7 +622,7 @@ gtk_adjustment_set_page_increment (GtkAdjustment *adjustment,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Retrieves the page size of the adjustment.
|
* Retrieves the page size of the adjustment.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: The current page size of the adjustment.
|
* Returns: The current page size of the adjustment.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.14
|
* Since: 2.14
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
|
@ -1457,7 +1457,7 @@ gtk_assistant_remove (GtkContainer *container,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Creates a new #GtkAssistant.
|
* Creates a new #GtkAssistant.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a newly created #GtkAssistant
|
* Returns: a newly created #GtkAssistant
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.10
|
* Since: 2.10
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -1477,7 +1477,7 @@ gtk_assistant_new (void)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Returns the page number of the current page.
|
* Returns the page number of the current page.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: The index (starting from 0) of the current
|
* Returns: The index (starting from 0) of the current
|
||||||
* page in the @assistant, or -1 if the @assistant has no pages,
|
* page in the @assistant, or -1 if the @assistant has no pages,
|
||||||
* or no current page.
|
* or no current page.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
@ -1622,7 +1622,7 @@ gtk_assistant_previous_page (GtkAssistant *assistant)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Returns the number of pages in the @assistant
|
* Returns the number of pages in the @assistant
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the number of pages in the @assistant
|
* Returns: the number of pages in the @assistant
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.10
|
* Since: 2.10
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -1646,7 +1646,7 @@ gtk_assistant_get_n_pages (GtkAssistant *assistant)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Returns the child widget contained in page number @page_num.
|
* Returns the child widget contained in page number @page_num.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): the child widget, or %NULL
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the child widget, or %NULL
|
||||||
* if @page_num is out of bounds
|
* if @page_num is out of bounds
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.10
|
* Since: 2.10
|
||||||
@ -1684,7 +1684,7 @@ gtk_assistant_get_nth_page (GtkAssistant *assistant,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Prepends a page to the @assistant.
|
* Prepends a page to the @assistant.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the index (starting at 0) of the inserted page
|
* Returns: the index (starting at 0) of the inserted page
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.10
|
* Since: 2.10
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -1705,7 +1705,7 @@ gtk_assistant_prepend_page (GtkAssistant *assistant,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Appends a page to the @assistant.
|
* Appends a page to the @assistant.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the index (starting at 0) of the inserted page
|
* Returns: the index (starting at 0) of the inserted page
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.10
|
* Since: 2.10
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -1728,7 +1728,7 @@ gtk_assistant_append_page (GtkAssistant *assistant,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Inserts a page in the @assistant at a given position.
|
* Inserts a page in the @assistant at a given position.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the index (starting from 0) of the inserted page
|
* Returns: the index (starting from 0) of the inserted page
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.10
|
* Since: 2.10
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -2000,7 +2000,7 @@ gtk_assistant_set_page_title (GtkAssistant *assistant,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Gets the title for @page.
|
* Gets the title for @page.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the title for @page
|
* Returns: the title for @page
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.10
|
* Since: 2.10
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -2079,7 +2079,7 @@ gtk_assistant_set_page_type (GtkAssistant *assistant,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Gets the page type of @page.
|
* Gets the page type of @page.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the page type of @page
|
* Returns: the page type of @page
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.10
|
* Since: 2.10
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -2163,7 +2163,7 @@ gtk_assistant_do_set_page_header_image (GtkAssistant *assistant,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Gets the header image for @page.
|
* Gets the header image for @page.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): the header image for @page,
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the header image for @page,
|
||||||
* or %NULL if there’s no header image for the page
|
* or %NULL if there’s no header image for the page
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.10
|
* Since: 2.10
|
||||||
@ -2254,7 +2254,7 @@ gtk_assistant_do_set_page_side_image (GtkAssistant *assistant,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Gets the side image for @page.
|
* Gets the side image for @page.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): the side image for @page,
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the side image for @page,
|
||||||
* or %NULL if there’s no side image for the page
|
* or %NULL if there’s no side image for the page
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.10
|
* Since: 2.10
|
||||||
@ -2332,7 +2332,7 @@ gtk_assistant_set_page_complete (GtkAssistant *assistant,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Gets whether @page is complete.
|
* Gets whether @page is complete.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if @page is complete.
|
* Returns: %TRUE if @page is complete.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.10
|
* Since: 2.10
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ gtk_button_box_get_layout (GtkButtonBox *widget)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Returns whether @child should appear in a secondary group of children.
|
* Returns whether @child should appear in a secondary group of children.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: whether @child should appear in a secondary group of children.
|
* Returns: whether @child should appear in a secondary group of children.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -1136,7 +1136,7 @@ gtk_button_box_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Creates a new #GtkButtonBox.
|
* Creates a new #GtkButtonBox.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a new #GtkButtonBox.
|
* Returns: a new #GtkButtonBox.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.0
|
* Since: 3.0
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ gtk_bin_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||||||
* no child widget. The returned widget does not have a reference
|
* no child widget. The returned widget does not have a reference
|
||||||
* added, so you do not need to unref it.
|
* added, so you do not need to unref it.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): pointer to child of the #GtkBin
|
* Returns: (transfer none): pointer to child of the #GtkBin
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
GtkWidget*
|
GtkWidget*
|
||||||
gtk_bin_get_child (GtkBin *bin)
|
gtk_bin_get_child (GtkBin *bin)
|
||||||
|
@ -684,7 +684,7 @@ gtk_binding_entry_activate (GtkBindingEntry *entry,
|
|||||||
* GTK+ maintains a global list of binding sets. Each binding set has
|
* GTK+ maintains a global list of binding sets. Each binding set has
|
||||||
* a unique name which needs to be specified upon creation.
|
* a unique name which needs to be specified upon creation.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer full): new binding set
|
* Returns: (transfer full): new binding set
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
GtkBindingSet*
|
GtkBindingSet*
|
||||||
gtk_binding_set_new (const gchar *set_name)
|
gtk_binding_set_new (const gchar *set_name)
|
||||||
@ -715,7 +715,7 @@ gtk_binding_set_new (const gchar *set_name)
|
|||||||
* the passed in class structure. New binding sets are created on
|
* the passed in class structure. New binding sets are created on
|
||||||
* demand by this function.
|
* demand by this function.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer full): the binding set corresponding to
|
* Returns: (transfer full): the binding set corresponding to
|
||||||
* @object_class
|
* @object_class
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
GtkBindingSet*
|
GtkBindingSet*
|
||||||
@ -766,7 +766,7 @@ gtk_binding_set_find_interned (const gchar *set_name)
|
|||||||
* The @set_name can either be a name used for gtk_binding_set_new()
|
* The @set_name can either be a name used for gtk_binding_set_new()
|
||||||
* or the type name of a class used in gtk_binding_set_by_class().
|
* or the type name of a class used in gtk_binding_set_by_class().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): %NULL or the specified binding set
|
* Returns: (transfer none): %NULL or the specified binding set
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
GtkBindingSet*
|
GtkBindingSet*
|
||||||
gtk_binding_set_find (const gchar *set_name)
|
gtk_binding_set_find (const gchar *set_name)
|
||||||
@ -786,7 +786,7 @@ gtk_binding_set_find (const gchar *set_name)
|
|||||||
* Find a key binding matching @keyval and @modifiers within
|
* Find a key binding matching @keyval and @modifiers within
|
||||||
* @binding_set and activate the binding on @object.
|
* @binding_set and activate the binding on @object.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if a binding was found and activated
|
* Returns: %TRUE if a binding was found and activated
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
gboolean
|
gboolean
|
||||||
gtk_binding_set_activate (GtkBindingSet *binding_set,
|
gtk_binding_set_activate (GtkBindingSet *binding_set,
|
||||||
@ -1605,7 +1605,7 @@ gtk_bindings_activate_list (GObject *object,
|
|||||||
* Find a key binding matching @keyval and @modifiers and activate the
|
* Find a key binding matching @keyval and @modifiers and activate the
|
||||||
* binding on @object.
|
* binding on @object.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if a binding was found and activated
|
* Returns: %TRUE if a binding was found and activated
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
gboolean
|
gboolean
|
||||||
gtk_bindings_activate (GObject *object,
|
gtk_bindings_activate (GObject *object,
|
||||||
@ -1644,7 +1644,7 @@ gtk_bindings_activate (GObject *object,
|
|||||||
* Looks up key bindings for @object to find one matching
|
* Looks up key bindings for @object to find one matching
|
||||||
* @event, and if one was found, activate it.
|
* @event, and if one was found, activate it.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if a matching key binding was found
|
* Returns: %TRUE if a matching key binding was found
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
10
gtk/gtkbox.c
10
gtk/gtkbox.c
@ -2000,7 +2000,7 @@ gtk_box_get_preferred_height_for_width (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Creates a new #GtkBox.
|
* Creates a new #GtkBox.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a new #GtkBox.
|
* Returns: a new #GtkBox.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.0
|
* Since: 3.0
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -2113,7 +2113,7 @@ gtk_box_set_homogeneous (GtkBox *box,
|
|||||||
* Returns whether the box is homogeneous (all children are the
|
* Returns whether the box is homogeneous (all children are the
|
||||||
* same size). See gtk_box_set_homogeneous().
|
* same size). See gtk_box_set_homogeneous().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the box is homogeneous.
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the box is homogeneous.
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
gboolean
|
gboolean
|
||||||
gtk_box_get_homogeneous (GtkBox *box)
|
gtk_box_get_homogeneous (GtkBox *box)
|
||||||
@ -2158,7 +2158,7 @@ gtk_box_set_spacing (GtkBox *box,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Gets the value set by gtk_box_set_spacing().
|
* Gets the value set by gtk_box_set_spacing().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: spacing between children
|
* Returns: spacing between children
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
gint
|
gint
|
||||||
gtk_box_get_spacing (GtkBox *box)
|
gtk_box_get_spacing (GtkBox *box)
|
||||||
@ -2208,7 +2208,7 @@ gtk_box_set_baseline_position (GtkBox *box,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Gets the value set by gtk_box_set_baseline_position().
|
* Gets the value set by gtk_box_set_baseline_position().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the baseline position
|
* Returns: the baseline position
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.10
|
* Since: 3.10
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -2614,7 +2614,7 @@ gtk_box_set_center_widget (GtkBox *box,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Retrieves the center widget of the box.
|
* Retrieves the center widget of the box.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the center widget
|
* Returns: the center widget
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.12
|
* Since: 3.12
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
@ -928,7 +928,7 @@ _gtk_builder_finish (GtkBuilder *builder)
|
|||||||
* Most users will probably want to use gtk_builder_new_from_file(),
|
* Most users will probably want to use gtk_builder_new_from_file(),
|
||||||
* gtk_builder_new_from_resource() or gtk_builder_new_from_string().
|
* gtk_builder_new_from_resource() or gtk_builder_new_from_string().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a new (empty) #GtkBuilder object
|
* Returns: a new (empty) #GtkBuilder object
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.12
|
* Since: 2.12
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -1391,7 +1391,7 @@ gtk_builder_add_objects_from_string (GtkBuilder *builder,
|
|||||||
* Gets the object named @name. Note that this function does not
|
* Gets the object named @name. Note that this function does not
|
||||||
* increment the reference count of the returned object.
|
* increment the reference count of the returned object.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): the object named @name or %NULL if
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the object named @name or %NULL if
|
||||||
* it could not be found in the object tree.
|
* it could not be found in the object tree.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.12
|
* Since: 2.12
|
||||||
@ -1422,7 +1422,7 @@ object_add_to_list (gchar *object_id,
|
|||||||
* this function does not increment the reference counts of the returned
|
* this function does not increment the reference counts of the returned
|
||||||
* objects.
|
* objects.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (element-type GObject) (transfer container): a newly-allocated #GSList containing all the objects
|
* Returns: (element-type GObject) (transfer container): a newly-allocated #GSList containing all the objects
|
||||||
* constructed by the #GtkBuilder instance. It should be freed by
|
* constructed by the #GtkBuilder instance. It should be freed by
|
||||||
* g_slist_free()
|
* g_slist_free()
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
@ -1471,7 +1471,7 @@ gtk_builder_set_translation_domain (GtkBuilder *builder,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Gets the translation domain of @builder.
|
* Gets the translation domain of @builder.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the translation domain. This string is owned
|
* Returns: the translation domain. This string is owned
|
||||||
* by the builder object and must not be modified or freed.
|
* by the builder object and must not be modified or freed.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.12
|
* Since: 2.12
|
||||||
|
@ -2345,7 +2345,7 @@ gtk_button_set_label (GtkButton *button,
|
|||||||
* case if you create an empty button with gtk_button_new() to
|
* case if you create an empty button with gtk_button_new() to
|
||||||
* use as a container.
|
* use as a container.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: The text of the label widget. This string is owned
|
* Returns: The text of the label widget. This string is owned
|
||||||
* by the widget and must not be modified or freed.
|
* by the widget and must not be modified or freed.
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
const gchar *
|
const gchar *
|
||||||
@ -2393,7 +2393,7 @@ gtk_button_set_use_underline (GtkButton *button,
|
|||||||
* Returns whether an embedded underline in the button label indicates a
|
* Returns whether an embedded underline in the button label indicates a
|
||||||
* mnemonic. See gtk_button_set_use_underline ().
|
* mnemonic. See gtk_button_set_use_underline ().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if an embedded underline in the button label
|
* Returns: %TRUE if an embedded underline in the button label
|
||||||
* indicates the mnemonic accelerator keys.
|
* indicates the mnemonic accelerator keys.
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
gboolean
|
gboolean
|
||||||
@ -2442,7 +2442,7 @@ gtk_button_set_use_stock (GtkButton *button,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Returns whether the button label is a stock item.
|
* Returns whether the button label is a stock item.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the button label is used to
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the button label is used to
|
||||||
* select a stock item instead of being
|
* select a stock item instead of being
|
||||||
* used directly as the label text.
|
* used directly as the label text.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
@ -2495,7 +2495,7 @@ gtk_button_set_focus_on_click (GtkButton *button,
|
|||||||
* Returns whether the button grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse.
|
* Returns whether the button grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse.
|
||||||
* See gtk_button_set_focus_on_click().
|
* See gtk_button_set_focus_on_click().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the button grabs focus when it is clicked with
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the button grabs focus when it is clicked with
|
||||||
* the mouse.
|
* the mouse.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
@ -2771,7 +2771,7 @@ gtk_button_set_image (GtkButton *button,
|
|||||||
* This may have been explicitly set by gtk_button_set_image()
|
* This may have been explicitly set by gtk_button_set_image()
|
||||||
* or constructed by gtk_button_new_from_stock().
|
* or constructed by gtk_button_new_from_stock().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): a #GtkWidget or %NULL in case there is no image
|
* Returns: (transfer none): a #GtkWidget or %NULL in case there is no image
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.6
|
* Since: 2.6
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -2821,7 +2821,7 @@ gtk_button_set_image_position (GtkButton *button,
|
|||||||
* Gets the position of the image relative to the text
|
* Gets the position of the image relative to the text
|
||||||
* inside the button.
|
* inside the button.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the position
|
* Returns: the position
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.10
|
* Since: 2.10
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -2898,7 +2898,7 @@ gtk_button_get_always_show_image (GtkButton *button)
|
|||||||
* Returns the button’s event window if it is realized, %NULL otherwise.
|
* Returns the button’s event window if it is realized, %NULL otherwise.
|
||||||
* This function should be rarely needed.
|
* This function should be rarely needed.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): @button’s event window.
|
* Returns: (transfer none): @button’s event window.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.22
|
* Since: 2.22
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
@ -3546,7 +3546,7 @@ gtk_calendar_drag_data_received (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Creates a new calendar, with the current date being selected.
|
* Creates a new calendar, with the current date being selected.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a newly #GtkCalendar widget
|
* Returns: a newly #GtkCalendar widget
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
GtkWidget*
|
GtkWidget*
|
||||||
gtk_calendar_new (void)
|
gtk_calendar_new (void)
|
||||||
@ -3560,7 +3560,7 @@ gtk_calendar_new (void)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Returns the current display options of @calendar.
|
* Returns the current display options of @calendar.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the display options.
|
* Returns: the display options.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -3996,7 +3996,7 @@ gtk_calendar_set_detail_height_rows (GtkCalendar *calendar,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.14
|
* Since: 2.14
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: The width of detail cells, in characters.
|
* Returns: The width of detail cells, in characters.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
gint
|
gint
|
||||||
gtk_calendar_get_detail_width_chars (GtkCalendar *calendar)
|
gtk_calendar_get_detail_width_chars (GtkCalendar *calendar)
|
||||||
@ -4015,7 +4015,7 @@ gtk_calendar_get_detail_width_chars (GtkCalendar *calendar)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.14
|
* Since: 2.14
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: The height of detail cells, in rows.
|
* Returns: The height of detail cells, in rows.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
gint
|
gint
|
||||||
gtk_calendar_get_detail_height_rows (GtkCalendar *calendar)
|
gtk_calendar_get_detail_height_rows (GtkCalendar *calendar)
|
||||||
|
@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ typedef enum
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.14
|
* Since: 2.14
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: Newly allocated string with Pango markup with details
|
* Returns: Newly allocated string with Pango markup with details
|
||||||
* for the specified day, or %NULL.
|
* for the specified day, or %NULL.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
typedef gchar* (*GtkCalendarDetailFunc) (GtkCalendar *calendar,
|
typedef gchar* (*GtkCalendarDetailFunc) (GtkCalendar *calendar,
|
||||||
|
@ -1701,7 +1701,7 @@ get_has_renderer (GtkCellRenderer *renderer,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Checks if @area contains @renderer.
|
* Checks if @area contains @renderer.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if @renderer is in the @area.
|
* Returns: %TRUE if @renderer is in the @area.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.0
|
* Since: 3.0
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -1786,7 +1786,7 @@ gtk_cell_area_foreach_alloc (GtkCellArea *area,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Delegates event handling to a #GtkCellArea.
|
* Delegates event handling to a #GtkCellArea.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the event was handled by @area.
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the event was handled by @area.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.0
|
* Since: 3.0
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -1941,7 +1941,7 @@ get_cell_by_position (GtkCellRenderer *renderer,
|
|||||||
* Gets the #GtkCellRenderer at @x and @y coordinates inside @area and optionally
|
* Gets the #GtkCellRenderer at @x and @y coordinates inside @area and optionally
|
||||||
* returns the full cell allocation for it inside @cell_area.
|
* returns the full cell allocation for it inside @cell_area.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): the #GtkCellRenderer at @x and @y.
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the #GtkCellRenderer at @x and @y.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.0
|
* Since: 3.0
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -1986,7 +1986,7 @@ gtk_cell_area_get_cell_at_position (GtkCellArea *area,
|
|||||||
* one should render and handle events with the same #GtkCellAreaContext
|
* one should render and handle events with the same #GtkCellAreaContext
|
||||||
* which was used to request the size of those rows of data).
|
* which was used to request the size of those rows of data).
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer full): a newly created #GtkCellAreaContext which can be used with @area.
|
* Returns: (transfer full): a newly created #GtkCellAreaContext which can be used with @area.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.0
|
* Since: 3.0
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -2015,7 +2015,7 @@ gtk_cell_area_create_context (GtkCellArea *area)
|
|||||||
* was already used to request all the row widths that are
|
* was already used to request all the row widths that are
|
||||||
* to be displayed.
|
* to be displayed.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer full): a newly created #GtkCellAreaContext copy of @context.
|
* Returns: (transfer full): a newly created #GtkCellAreaContext copy of @context.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.0
|
* Since: 3.0
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -2036,7 +2036,7 @@ gtk_cell_area_copy_context (GtkCellArea *area,
|
|||||||
* Gets whether the area prefers a height-for-width layout
|
* Gets whether the area prefers a height-for-width layout
|
||||||
* or a width-for-height layout.
|
* or a width-for-height layout.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: The #GtkSizeRequestMode preferred by @area.
|
* Returns: The #GtkSizeRequestMode preferred by @area.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.0
|
* Since: 3.0
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -2357,7 +2357,7 @@ gtk_cell_area_apply_attributes (GtkCellArea *area,
|
|||||||
* used to interact with renderers from #GtkCellArea
|
* used to interact with renderers from #GtkCellArea
|
||||||
* subclasses.
|
* subclasses.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: The current #GtkTreePath string for the current
|
* Returns: The current #GtkTreePath string for the current
|
||||||
* attributes applied to @area. This string belongs to the area and
|
* attributes applied to @area. This string belongs to the area and
|
||||||
* should not be freed.
|
* should not be freed.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
@ -2423,7 +2423,7 @@ gtk_cell_area_class_install_cell_property (GtkCellAreaClass *aclass,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Finds a cell property of a cell area class by name.
|
* Finds a cell property of a cell area class by name.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): the #GParamSpec of the child property
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the #GParamSpec of the child property
|
||||||
* or %NULL if @aclass has no child property with that name.
|
* or %NULL if @aclass has no child property with that name.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.0
|
* Since: 3.0
|
||||||
@ -2448,7 +2448,7 @@ gtk_cell_area_class_find_cell_property (GtkCellAreaClass *aclass,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Returns all cell properties of a cell area class.
|
* Returns all cell properties of a cell area class.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (array length=n_properties) (transfer container): a newly
|
* Returns: (array length=n_properties) (transfer container): a newly
|
||||||
* allocated %NULL-terminated array of #GParamSpec*. The array
|
* allocated %NULL-terminated array of #GParamSpec*. The array
|
||||||
* must be freed with g_free().
|
* must be freed with g_free().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
@ -2852,7 +2852,7 @@ gtk_cell_area_cell_get_property (GtkCellArea *area,
|
|||||||
* Returns whether the area can do anything when activated,
|
* Returns whether the area can do anything when activated,
|
||||||
* after applying new attributes to @area.
|
* after applying new attributes to @area.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: whether @area can do anything when activated.
|
* Returns: whether @area can do anything when activated.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.0
|
* Since: 3.0
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -2877,7 +2877,7 @@ gtk_cell_area_is_activatable (GtkCellArea *area)
|
|||||||
* method to receive and navigate focus in its own way particular
|
* method to receive and navigate focus in its own way particular
|
||||||
* to how it lays out cells.
|
* to how it lays out cells.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if focus remains inside @area as a result of this call.
|
* Returns: %TRUE if focus remains inside @area as a result of this call.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.0
|
* Since: 3.0
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -2904,7 +2904,7 @@ gtk_cell_area_focus (GtkCellArea *area,
|
|||||||
* cell, however some subclasses which embed widgets in the area
|
* cell, however some subclasses which embed widgets in the area
|
||||||
* can also activate a widget if it currently has the focus.
|
* can also activate a widget if it currently has the focus.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: Whether @area was successfully activated.
|
* Returns: Whether @area was successfully activated.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.0
|
* Since: 3.0
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -2974,7 +2974,7 @@ gtk_cell_area_set_focus_cell (GtkCellArea *area,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Retrieves the currently focused cell for @area
|
* Retrieves the currently focused cell for @area
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): the currently focused cell in @area.
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the currently focused cell in @area.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.0
|
* Since: 3.0
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -3090,7 +3090,7 @@ gtk_cell_area_remove_focus_sibling (GtkCellArea *area,
|
|||||||
* Returns whether @sibling is one of @renderer’s focus siblings
|
* Returns whether @sibling is one of @renderer’s focus siblings
|
||||||
* (see gtk_cell_area_add_focus_sibling()).
|
* (see gtk_cell_area_add_focus_sibling()).
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if @sibling is a focus sibling of @renderer
|
* Returns: %TRUE if @sibling is a focus sibling of @renderer
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.0
|
* Since: 3.0
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -3128,7 +3128,7 @@ gtk_cell_area_is_focus_sibling (GtkCellArea *area,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Gets the focus sibling cell renderers for @renderer.
|
* Gets the focus sibling cell renderers for @renderer.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (element-type GtkCellRenderer) (transfer none): A #GList of #GtkCellRenderers.
|
* Returns: (element-type GtkCellRenderer) (transfer none): A #GList of #GtkCellRenderers.
|
||||||
* The returned list is internal and should not be freed.
|
* The returned list is internal and should not be freed.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.0
|
* Since: 3.0
|
||||||
@ -3160,7 +3160,7 @@ gtk_cell_area_get_focus_siblings (GtkCellArea *area,
|
|||||||
* then chose to activate the focus cell for which the event
|
* then chose to activate the focus cell for which the event
|
||||||
* cell may have been a sibling.
|
* cell may have been a sibling.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): the #GtkCellRenderer for which @renderer
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the #GtkCellRenderer for which @renderer
|
||||||
* is a sibling, or %NULL.
|
* is a sibling, or %NULL.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.0
|
* Since: 3.0
|
||||||
@ -3304,7 +3304,7 @@ gtk_cell_area_set_edit_widget (GtkCellArea *area,
|
|||||||
* Gets the #GtkCellRenderer in @area that is currently
|
* Gets the #GtkCellRenderer in @area that is currently
|
||||||
* being edited.
|
* being edited.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): The currently edited #GtkCellRenderer
|
* Returns: (transfer none): The currently edited #GtkCellRenderer
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.0
|
* Since: 3.0
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -3327,7 +3327,7 @@ gtk_cell_area_get_edited_cell (GtkCellArea *area)
|
|||||||
* Gets the #GtkCellEditable widget currently used
|
* Gets the #GtkCellEditable widget currently used
|
||||||
* to edit the currently edited cell.
|
* to edit the currently edited cell.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): The currently active #GtkCellEditable widget
|
* Returns: (transfer none): The currently active #GtkCellEditable widget
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.0
|
* Since: 3.0
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -3358,7 +3358,7 @@ gtk_cell_area_get_edit_widget (GtkCellArea *area)
|
|||||||
* for keyboard events for free in its own GtkCellArea->activate()
|
* for keyboard events for free in its own GtkCellArea->activate()
|
||||||
* implementation.
|
* implementation.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: whether cell activation was successful
|
* Returns: whether cell activation was successful
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.0
|
* Since: 3.0
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ typedef struct _GtkCellAreaContext GtkCellAreaContext;
|
|||||||
* The type of the callback functions used for iterating over
|
* The type of the callback functions used for iterating over
|
||||||
* the cell renderers of a #GtkCellArea, see gtk_cell_area_foreach().
|
* the cell renderers of a #GtkCellArea, see gtk_cell_area_foreach().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE to stop iterating over cells.
|
* Returns: %TRUE to stop iterating over cells.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
typedef gboolean (*GtkCellCallback) (GtkCellRenderer *renderer,
|
typedef gboolean (*GtkCellCallback) (GtkCellRenderer *renderer,
|
||||||
gpointer data);
|
gpointer data);
|
||||||
@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ typedef gboolean (*GtkCellCallback) (GtkCellRenderer *renderer,
|
|||||||
* cell renderers and their allocated areas inside a #GtkCellArea,
|
* cell renderers and their allocated areas inside a #GtkCellArea,
|
||||||
* see gtk_cell_area_foreach_alloc().
|
* see gtk_cell_area_foreach_alloc().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE to stop iterating over cells.
|
* Returns: %TRUE to stop iterating over cells.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
typedef gboolean (*GtkCellAllocCallback) (GtkCellRenderer *renderer,
|
typedef gboolean (*GtkCellAllocCallback) (GtkCellRenderer *renderer,
|
||||||
const GdkRectangle *cell_area,
|
const GdkRectangle *cell_area,
|
||||||
|
@ -2117,7 +2117,7 @@ _gtk_cell_area_box_group_visible (GtkCellAreaBox *box,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Creates a new #GtkCellAreaBox.
|
* Creates a new #GtkCellAreaBox.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a newly created #GtkCellAreaBox
|
* Returns: a newly created #GtkCellAreaBox
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.0
|
* Since: 3.0
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -2223,7 +2223,7 @@ gtk_cell_area_box_pack_end (GtkCellAreaBox *box,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Gets the spacing added between cell renderers.
|
* Gets the spacing added between cell renderers.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the space added between cell renderers in @box.
|
* Returns: the space added between cell renderers in @box.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.0
|
* Since: 3.0
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ gtk_cell_area_context_real_allocate (GtkCellAreaContext *context,
|
|||||||
* that the #GtkCellArea is configured with in order to
|
* that the #GtkCellArea is configured with in order to
|
||||||
* compute a proper allocation.
|
* compute a proper allocation.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): the #GtkCellArea this context was created by.
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the #GtkCellArea this context was created by.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.0
|
* Since: 3.0
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
@ -577,7 +577,7 @@ gtk_cell_layout_reorder (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Returns the cell renderers which have been added to @cell_layout.
|
* Returns the cell renderers which have been added to @cell_layout.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (element-type GtkCellRenderer) (transfer container):
|
* Returns: (element-type GtkCellRenderer) (transfer container):
|
||||||
* a list of cell renderers. The list, but not the renderers has
|
* a list of cell renderers. The list, but not the renderers has
|
||||||
* been newly allocated and should be freed with g_list_free()
|
* been newly allocated and should be freed with g_list_free()
|
||||||
* when no longer needed.
|
* when no longer needed.
|
||||||
@ -600,7 +600,7 @@ gtk_cell_layout_get_cells (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout)
|
|||||||
* if called on a #GtkCellArea or might be %NULL if no #GtkCellArea
|
* if called on a #GtkCellArea or might be %NULL if no #GtkCellArea
|
||||||
* is used by @cell_layout.
|
* is used by @cell_layout.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): the cell area used by @cell_layout.
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the cell area used by @cell_layout.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.0
|
* Since: 3.0
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
@ -799,7 +799,7 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_render (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
|
|||||||
* Some cell renderers may use events; for example, #GtkCellRendererToggle
|
* Some cell renderers may use events; for example, #GtkCellRendererToggle
|
||||||
* toggles when it gets a mouse click.
|
* toggles when it gets a mouse click.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the event was consumed/handled
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the event was consumed/handled
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
gboolean
|
gboolean
|
||||||
gtk_cell_renderer_activate (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
|
gtk_cell_renderer_activate (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
|
||||||
@ -844,7 +844,7 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_activate (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Passes an activate event to the cell renderer for possible processing.
|
* Passes an activate event to the cell renderer for possible processing.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): A new #GtkCellEditable, or %NULL
|
* Returns: (transfer none): A new #GtkCellEditable, or %NULL
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
GtkCellEditable *
|
GtkCellEditable *
|
||||||
gtk_cell_renderer_start_editing (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
|
gtk_cell_renderer_start_editing (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
|
||||||
|
@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_pixbuf_set_property (GObject *object,
|
|||||||
* in the model, thus rendering a different image in each row of the
|
* in the model, thus rendering a different image in each row of the
|
||||||
* #GtkTreeView.
|
* #GtkTreeView.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the new cell renderer
|
* Returns: the new cell renderer
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
GtkCellRenderer *
|
GtkCellRenderer *
|
||||||
gtk_cell_renderer_pixbuf_new (void)
|
gtk_cell_renderer_pixbuf_new (void)
|
||||||
|
@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_progress_init (GtkCellRendererProgress *cellprogress)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Creates a new #GtkCellRendererProgress.
|
* Creates a new #GtkCellRendererProgress.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the new cell renderer
|
* Returns: the new cell renderer
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.6
|
* Since: 2.6
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
|
@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_spinner_init (GtkCellRendererSpinner *cell)
|
|||||||
* Returns a new cell renderer which will show a spinner to indicate
|
* Returns a new cell renderer which will show a spinner to indicate
|
||||||
* activity.
|
* activity.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a new #GtkCellRenderer
|
* Returns: a new #GtkCellRenderer
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.20
|
* Since: 2.20
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
@ -1553,7 +1553,7 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_text_set_property (GObject *object,
|
|||||||
* value in the model, thus rendering a different string in each row
|
* value in the model, thus rendering a different string in each row
|
||||||
* of the #GtkTreeView
|
* of the #GtkTreeView
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the new cell renderer
|
* Returns: the new cell renderer
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
GtkCellRenderer *
|
GtkCellRenderer *
|
||||||
gtk_cell_renderer_text_new (void)
|
gtk_cell_renderer_text_new (void)
|
||||||
|
@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_set_property (GObject *object,
|
|||||||
* in the model, thus causing the check button to reflect the state of
|
* in the model, thus causing the check button to reflect the state of
|
||||||
* the model.
|
* the model.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the new cell renderer
|
* Returns: the new cell renderer
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
GtkCellRenderer *
|
GtkCellRenderer *
|
||||||
gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_new (void)
|
gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_new (void)
|
||||||
@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_set_radio (GtkCellRendererToggle *toggle,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Returns whether we’re rendering radio toggles rather than checkboxes.
|
* Returns whether we’re rendering radio toggles rather than checkboxes.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if we’re rendering radio toggles rather than checkboxes
|
* Returns: %TRUE if we’re rendering radio toggles rather than checkboxes
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
gboolean
|
gboolean
|
||||||
gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_get_radio (GtkCellRendererToggle *toggle)
|
gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_get_radio (GtkCellRendererToggle *toggle)
|
||||||
@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_get_radio (GtkCellRendererToggle *toggle)
|
|||||||
* Returns whether the cell renderer is active. See
|
* Returns whether the cell renderer is active. See
|
||||||
* gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_set_active().
|
* gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_set_active().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the cell renderer is active.
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the cell renderer is active.
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
gboolean
|
gboolean
|
||||||
gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_get_active (GtkCellRendererToggle *toggle)
|
gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_get_active (GtkCellRendererToggle *toggle)
|
||||||
@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_set_active (GtkCellRendererToggle *toggle,
|
|||||||
* Returns whether the cell renderer is activatable. See
|
* Returns whether the cell renderer is activatable. See
|
||||||
* gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_set_activatable().
|
* gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_set_activatable().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the cell renderer is activatable.
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the cell renderer is activatable.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.18
|
* Since: 2.18
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
|
@ -936,7 +936,7 @@ row_changed_cb (GtkTreeModel *model,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Creates a new #GtkCellView widget.
|
* Creates a new #GtkCellView widget.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: A newly created #GtkCellView widget.
|
* Returns: A newly created #GtkCellView widget.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.6
|
* Since: 2.6
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -964,7 +964,7 @@ gtk_cell_view_new (void)
|
|||||||
* in this way alignments with cellviews for other rows are
|
* in this way alignments with cellviews for other rows are
|
||||||
* possible.
|
* possible.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: A newly created #GtkCellView widget.
|
* Returns: A newly created #GtkCellView widget.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.6
|
* Since: 2.6
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -988,7 +988,7 @@ gtk_cell_view_new_with_context (GtkCellArea *area,
|
|||||||
* Creates a new #GtkCellView widget, adds a #GtkCellRendererText
|
* Creates a new #GtkCellView widget, adds a #GtkCellRendererText
|
||||||
* to it, and makes it show @text.
|
* to it, and makes it show @text.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: A newly created #GtkCellView widget.
|
* Returns: A newly created #GtkCellView widget.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.6
|
* Since: 2.6
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -1021,7 +1021,7 @@ gtk_cell_view_new_with_text (const gchar *text)
|
|||||||
* to it, and makes it show @markup. The text can be
|
* to it, and makes it show @markup. The text can be
|
||||||
* marked up with the [Pango text markup language][PangoMarkupFormat].
|
* marked up with the [Pango text markup language][PangoMarkupFormat].
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: A newly created #GtkCellView widget.
|
* Returns: A newly created #GtkCellView widget.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.6
|
* Since: 2.6
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -1053,7 +1053,7 @@ gtk_cell_view_new_with_markup (const gchar *markup)
|
|||||||
* Creates a new #GtkCellView widget, adds a #GtkCellRendererPixbuf
|
* Creates a new #GtkCellView widget, adds a #GtkCellRendererPixbuf
|
||||||
* to it, and makes it show @pixbuf.
|
* to it, and makes it show @pixbuf.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: A newly created #GtkCellView widget.
|
* Returns: A newly created #GtkCellView widget.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.6
|
* Since: 2.6
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -1234,7 +1234,7 @@ gtk_cell_view_get_displayed_row (GtkCellView *cell_view)
|
|||||||
* Sets @requisition to the size needed by @cell_view to display
|
* Sets @requisition to the size needed by @cell_view to display
|
||||||
* the model row pointed to by @path.
|
* the model row pointed to by @path.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE
|
* Returns: %TRUE
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.6
|
* Since: 2.6
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
@ -1356,7 +1356,7 @@ gtk_cell_view_set_background_rgba (GtkCellView *cell_view,
|
|||||||
* Gets whether @cell_view is configured to draw all of its
|
* Gets whether @cell_view is configured to draw all of its
|
||||||
* cells in a sensitive state.
|
* cells in a sensitive state.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: whether @cell_view draws all of its
|
* Returns: whether @cell_view draws all of its
|
||||||
* cells in a sensitive state
|
* cells in a sensitive state
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.0
|
* Since: 3.0
|
||||||
@ -1410,7 +1410,7 @@ gtk_cell_view_set_draw_sensitive (GtkCellView *cell_view,
|
|||||||
* Gets whether @cell_view is configured to request space
|
* Gets whether @cell_view is configured to request space
|
||||||
* to fit the entire #GtkTreeModel.
|
* to fit the entire #GtkTreeModel.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: whether @cell_view requests space to fit
|
* Returns: whether @cell_view requests space to fit
|
||||||
* the entire #GtkTreeModel.
|
* the entire #GtkTreeModel.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.0
|
* Since: 3.0
|
||||||
|
@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ gtk_check_menu_item_set_active (GtkCheckMenuItem *check_menu_item,
|
|||||||
* Returns whether the check menu item is active. See
|
* Returns whether the check menu item is active. See
|
||||||
* gtk_check_menu_item_set_active ().
|
* gtk_check_menu_item_set_active ().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the menu item is checked.
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the menu item is checked.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
gboolean
|
gboolean
|
||||||
gtk_check_menu_item_get_active (GtkCheckMenuItem *check_menu_item)
|
gtk_check_menu_item_get_active (GtkCheckMenuItem *check_menu_item)
|
||||||
@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ gtk_check_menu_item_set_inconsistent (GtkCheckMenuItem *check_menu_item,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Retrieves the value set by gtk_check_menu_item_set_inconsistent().
|
* Retrieves the value set by gtk_check_menu_item_set_inconsistent().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if inconsistent
|
* Returns: %TRUE if inconsistent
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
gboolean
|
gboolean
|
||||||
gtk_check_menu_item_get_inconsistent (GtkCheckMenuItem *check_menu_item)
|
gtk_check_menu_item_get_inconsistent (GtkCheckMenuItem *check_menu_item)
|
||||||
@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ gtk_check_menu_item_set_draw_as_radio (GtkCheckMenuItem *check_menu_item,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Returns whether @check_menu_item looks like a #GtkRadioMenuItem
|
* Returns whether @check_menu_item looks like a #GtkRadioMenuItem
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: Whether @check_menu_item looks like a #GtkRadioMenuItem
|
* Returns: Whether @check_menu_item looks like a #GtkRadioMenuItem
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
|
@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ clipboard_display_closed (GdkDisplay *display,
|
|||||||
* if your application called “Foo” has a special-purpose
|
* if your application called “Foo” has a special-purpose
|
||||||
* clipboard, you might call it “_FOO_SPECIAL_CLIPBOARD”.
|
* clipboard, you might call it “_FOO_SPECIAL_CLIPBOARD”.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): the appropriate clipboard object. If no
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the appropriate clipboard object. If no
|
||||||
* clipboard already exists, a new one will be created. Once a clipboard
|
* clipboard already exists, a new one will be created. Once a clipboard
|
||||||
* object has been created, it is persistent and, since it is owned by
|
* object has been created, it is persistent and, since it is owned by
|
||||||
* GTK+, must not be freed or unrefd.
|
* GTK+, must not be freed or unrefd.
|
||||||
@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ gtk_clipboard_get_for_display (GdkDisplay *display,
|
|||||||
* Returns the clipboard object for the given selection.
|
* Returns the clipboard object for the given selection.
|
||||||
* See gtk_clipboard_get_for_display() for complete details.
|
* See gtk_clipboard_get_for_display() for complete details.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): the appropriate clipboard object. If no clipboard
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the appropriate clipboard object. If no clipboard
|
||||||
* already exists, a new one will be created. Once a clipboard
|
* already exists, a new one will be created. Once a clipboard
|
||||||
* object has been created, it is persistent and, since it is
|
* object has been created, it is persistent and, since it is
|
||||||
* owned by GTK+, must not be freed or unreffed.
|
* owned by GTK+, must not be freed or unreffed.
|
||||||
@ -639,7 +639,7 @@ gtk_clipboard_set_contents (GtkClipboard *clipboard,
|
|||||||
* a list of supported formats for the clipboard data and a function
|
* a list of supported formats for the clipboard data and a function
|
||||||
* to call to get the actual data when it is requested.
|
* to call to get the actual data when it is requested.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if setting the clipboard data succeeded.
|
* Returns: %TRUE if setting the clipboard data succeeded.
|
||||||
* If setting the clipboard data failed the provided callback
|
* If setting the clipboard data failed the provided callback
|
||||||
* functions will be ignored.
|
* functions will be ignored.
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -685,7 +685,7 @@ gtk_clipboard_set_with_data (GtkClipboard *clipboard,
|
|||||||
* is that instead of an generic @user_data pointer, a #GObject is passed
|
* is that instead of an generic @user_data pointer, a #GObject is passed
|
||||||
* in.
|
* in.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if setting the clipboard data succeeded.
|
* Returns: %TRUE if setting the clipboard data succeeded.
|
||||||
* If setting the clipboard data failed the provided callback
|
* If setting the clipboard data failed the provided callback
|
||||||
* functions will be ignored.
|
* functions will be ignored.
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -720,7 +720,7 @@ gtk_clipboard_set_with_owner (GtkClipboard *clipboard,
|
|||||||
* gtk_clipboard_clear() has not subsequently called, returns the owner set
|
* gtk_clipboard_clear() has not subsequently called, returns the owner set
|
||||||
* by gtk_clipboard_set_with_owner().
|
* by gtk_clipboard_set_with_owner().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): the owner of the clipboard, if any;
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the owner of the clipboard, if any;
|
||||||
* otherwise %NULL.
|
* otherwise %NULL.
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
GObject *
|
GObject *
|
||||||
@ -1385,7 +1385,7 @@ clipboard_received_func (GtkClipboard *clipboard,
|
|||||||
* This function waits for the data to be received using the main
|
* This function waits for the data to be received using the main
|
||||||
* loop, so events, timeouts, etc, may be dispatched during the wait.
|
* loop, so events, timeouts, etc, may be dispatched during the wait.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a newly-allocated #GtkSelectionData object or %NULL
|
* Returns: a newly-allocated #GtkSelectionData object or %NULL
|
||||||
* if retrieving the given target failed. If non-%NULL,
|
* if retrieving the given target failed. If non-%NULL,
|
||||||
* this value must be freed with gtk_selection_data_free()
|
* this value must be freed with gtk_selection_data_free()
|
||||||
* when you are finished with it.
|
* when you are finished with it.
|
||||||
@ -1438,7 +1438,7 @@ clipboard_text_received_func (GtkClipboard *clipboard,
|
|||||||
* the data to be received using the main loop, so events,
|
* the data to be received using the main loop, so events,
|
||||||
* timeouts, etc, may be dispatched during the wait.
|
* timeouts, etc, may be dispatched during the wait.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a newly-allocated UTF-8 string which must
|
* Returns: a newly-allocated UTF-8 string which must
|
||||||
* be freed with g_free(), or %NULL if retrieving
|
* be freed with g_free(), or %NULL if retrieving
|
||||||
* the selection data failed. (This could happen
|
* the selection data failed. (This could happen
|
||||||
* for various reasons, in particular if the
|
* for various reasons, in particular if the
|
||||||
@ -1497,7 +1497,7 @@ clipboard_rich_text_received_func (GtkClipboard *clipboard,
|
|||||||
* waits for the data to be received using the main loop, so events,
|
* waits for the data to be received using the main loop, so events,
|
||||||
* timeouts, etc, may be dispatched during the wait.
|
* timeouts, etc, may be dispatched during the wait.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (array length=length) (transfer full): a
|
* Returns: (array length=length) (transfer full): a
|
||||||
* newly-allocated binary block of data which must be
|
* newly-allocated binary block of data which must be
|
||||||
* freed with g_free(), or %NULL if retrieving the
|
* freed with g_free(), or %NULL if retrieving the
|
||||||
* selection data failed. (This could happen for various
|
* selection data failed. (This could happen for various
|
||||||
@ -1564,7 +1564,7 @@ clipboard_image_received_func (GtkClipboard *clipboard,
|
|||||||
* the data to be received using the main loop, so events,
|
* the data to be received using the main loop, so events,
|
||||||
* timeouts, etc, may be dispatched during the wait.
|
* timeouts, etc, may be dispatched during the wait.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer full): a newly-allocated #GdkPixbuf
|
* Returns: (transfer full): a newly-allocated #GdkPixbuf
|
||||||
* object which must be disposed with g_object_unref(), or
|
* object which must be disposed with g_object_unref(), or
|
||||||
* %NULL if retrieving the selection data failed. (This could
|
* %NULL if retrieving the selection data failed. (This could
|
||||||
* happen for various reasons, in particular if the clipboard
|
* happen for various reasons, in particular if the clipboard
|
||||||
@ -1618,7 +1618,7 @@ clipboard_uris_received_func (GtkClipboard *clipboard,
|
|||||||
* for the data to be received using the main loop, so events,
|
* for the data to be received using the main loop, so events,
|
||||||
* timeouts, etc, may be dispatched during the wait.
|
* timeouts, etc, may be dispatched during the wait.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (array zero-terminated=1) (element-type utf8) (transfer full): a newly-allocated
|
* Returns: (array zero-terminated=1) (element-type utf8) (transfer full): a newly-allocated
|
||||||
* %NULL-terminated array of strings which must
|
* %NULL-terminated array of strings which must
|
||||||
* be freed with g_strfreev(), or %NULL if
|
* be freed with g_strfreev(), or %NULL if
|
||||||
* retrieving the selection data failed. (This
|
* retrieving the selection data failed. (This
|
||||||
@ -1660,7 +1660,7 @@ gtk_clipboard_wait_for_uris (GtkClipboard *clipboard)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Gets the #GdkDisplay associated with @clipboard
|
* Gets the #GdkDisplay associated with @clipboard
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): the #GdkDisplay associated with @clipboard
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the #GdkDisplay associated with @clipboard
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.2
|
* Since: 2.2
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -1686,7 +1686,7 @@ gtk_clipboard_get_display (GtkClipboard *clipboard)
|
|||||||
* gtk_clipboard_wait_for_text() since it doesn’t need to retrieve
|
* gtk_clipboard_wait_for_text() since it doesn’t need to retrieve
|
||||||
* the actual text.
|
* the actual text.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE is there is text available, %FALSE otherwise.
|
* Returns: %TRUE is there is text available, %FALSE otherwise.
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
gboolean
|
gboolean
|
||||||
gtk_clipboard_wait_is_text_available (GtkClipboard *clipboard)
|
gtk_clipboard_wait_is_text_available (GtkClipboard *clipboard)
|
||||||
@ -1719,7 +1719,7 @@ gtk_clipboard_wait_is_text_available (GtkClipboard *clipboard)
|
|||||||
* gtk_clipboard_wait_for_rich_text() since it doesn’t need to retrieve
|
* gtk_clipboard_wait_for_rich_text() since it doesn’t need to retrieve
|
||||||
* the actual text.
|
* the actual text.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE is there is rich text available, %FALSE otherwise.
|
* Returns: %TRUE is there is rich text available, %FALSE otherwise.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.10
|
* Since: 2.10
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -1757,7 +1757,7 @@ gtk_clipboard_wait_is_rich_text_available (GtkClipboard *clipboard,
|
|||||||
* gtk_clipboard_wait_for_image() since it doesn’t need to retrieve
|
* gtk_clipboard_wait_for_image() since it doesn’t need to retrieve
|
||||||
* the actual image data.
|
* the actual image data.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE is there is an image available, %FALSE otherwise.
|
* Returns: %TRUE is there is an image available, %FALSE otherwise.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.6
|
* Since: 2.6
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -1792,7 +1792,7 @@ gtk_clipboard_wait_is_image_available (GtkClipboard *clipboard)
|
|||||||
* gtk_clipboard_wait_for_uris() since it doesn’t need to retrieve
|
* gtk_clipboard_wait_for_uris() since it doesn’t need to retrieve
|
||||||
* the actual URI data.
|
* the actual URI data.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE is there is an URI list available, %FALSE otherwise.
|
* Returns: %TRUE is there is an URI list available, %FALSE otherwise.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.14
|
* Since: 2.14
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -1827,7 +1827,7 @@ gtk_clipboard_wait_is_uris_available (GtkClipboard *clipboard)
|
|||||||
* This function waits for the data to be received using the main
|
* This function waits for the data to be received using the main
|
||||||
* loop, so events, timeouts, etc, may be dispatched during the wait.
|
* loop, so events, timeouts, etc, may be dispatched during the wait.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if any targets are present on the clipboard,
|
* Returns: %TRUE if any targets are present on the clipboard,
|
||||||
* otherwise %FALSE.
|
* otherwise %FALSE.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
@ -1963,7 +1963,7 @@ gtk_clipboard_owner_change (GtkClipboard *clipboard,
|
|||||||
* If you want to see if there’s text available on the clipboard, use
|
* If you want to see if there’s text available on the clipboard, use
|
||||||
* gtk_clipboard_wait_is_text_available () instead.
|
* gtk_clipboard_wait_is_text_available () instead.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the target is available, %FALSE otherwise.
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the target is available, %FALSE otherwise.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.6
|
* Since: 2.6
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
@ -707,7 +707,7 @@ gtk_color_button_get_color (GtkColorButton *button,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Returns the current alpha value.
|
* Returns the current alpha value.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: an integer between 0 and 65535
|
* Returns: an integer between 0 and 65535
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
|
@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ gtk_color_chooser_dialog_iface_init (GtkColorChooserInterface *iface)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Creates a new #GtkColorChooserDialog.
|
* Creates a new #GtkColorChooserDialog.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a new #GtkColorChooserDialog
|
* Returns: a new #GtkColorChooserDialog
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.4
|
* Since: 3.4
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
@ -644,7 +644,7 @@ gtk_combo_box_class_init (GtkComboBoxClass *klass)
|
|||||||
* }
|
* }
|
||||||
* ]|
|
* ]|
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer full): a newly allocated string representing @path
|
* Returns: (transfer full): a newly allocated string representing @path
|
||||||
* for the current GtkComboBox model.
|
* for the current GtkComboBox model.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.4
|
* Since: 3.4
|
||||||
@ -3987,7 +3987,7 @@ gtk_combo_box_cell_layout_get_area (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Creates a new empty #GtkComboBox.
|
* Creates a new empty #GtkComboBox.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: A new #GtkComboBox.
|
* Returns: A new #GtkComboBox.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -4003,7 +4003,7 @@ gtk_combo_box_new (void)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Creates a new empty #GtkComboBox using @area to layout cells.
|
* Creates a new empty #GtkComboBox using @area to layout cells.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: A new #GtkComboBox.
|
* Returns: A new #GtkComboBox.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
GtkWidget *
|
GtkWidget *
|
||||||
gtk_combo_box_new_with_area (GtkCellArea *area)
|
gtk_combo_box_new_with_area (GtkCellArea *area)
|
||||||
@ -4019,7 +4019,7 @@ gtk_combo_box_new_with_area (GtkCellArea *area)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* The new combo box will use @area to layout cells.
|
* The new combo box will use @area to layout cells.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: A new #GtkComboBox.
|
* Returns: A new #GtkComboBox.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
GtkWidget *
|
GtkWidget *
|
||||||
gtk_combo_box_new_with_area_and_entry (GtkCellArea *area)
|
gtk_combo_box_new_with_area_and_entry (GtkCellArea *area)
|
||||||
@ -4036,7 +4036,7 @@ gtk_combo_box_new_with_area_and_entry (GtkCellArea *area)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Creates a new empty #GtkComboBox with an entry.
|
* Creates a new empty #GtkComboBox with an entry.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: A new #GtkComboBox.
|
* Returns: A new #GtkComboBox.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.24
|
* Since: 2.24
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -4052,7 +4052,7 @@ gtk_combo_box_new_with_entry (void)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Creates a new #GtkComboBox with the model initialized to @model.
|
* Creates a new #GtkComboBox with the model initialized to @model.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: A new #GtkComboBox.
|
* Returns: A new #GtkComboBox.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -4075,7 +4075,7 @@ gtk_combo_box_new_with_model (GtkTreeModel *model)
|
|||||||
* Creates a new empty #GtkComboBox with an entry
|
* Creates a new empty #GtkComboBox with an entry
|
||||||
* and with the model initialized to @model.
|
* and with the model initialized to @model.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: A new #GtkComboBox
|
* Returns: A new #GtkComboBox
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.24
|
* Since: 2.24
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -4261,7 +4261,7 @@ gtk_combo_box_set_column_span_column (GtkComboBox *combo_box,
|
|||||||
* `gtk_tree_path_get_indices (path)[0]`, where
|
* `gtk_tree_path_get_indices (path)[0]`, where
|
||||||
* `path` is the #GtkTreePath of the active item.
|
* `path` is the #GtkTreePath of the active item.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: An integer which is the index of the currently active item,
|
* Returns: An integer which is the index of the currently active item,
|
||||||
* or -1 if there’s no active item.
|
* or -1 if there’s no active item.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
@ -4409,7 +4409,7 @@ gtk_combo_box_set_active_internal (GtkComboBox *combo_box,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Sets @iter to point to the current active item, if it exists.
|
* Sets @iter to point to the current active item, if it exists.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE, if @iter was set
|
* Returns: %TRUE, if @iter was set
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -4544,7 +4544,7 @@ out:
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Returns the #GtkTreeModel which is acting as data source for @combo_box.
|
* Returns the #GtkTreeModel which is acting as data source for @combo_box.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): A #GtkTreeModel which was passed
|
* Returns: (transfer none): A #GtkTreeModel which was passed
|
||||||
* during construction.
|
* during construction.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
@ -5015,7 +5015,7 @@ gtk_combo_box_start_editing (GtkCellEditable *cell_editable,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Gets the current value of the :add-tearoffs property.
|
* Gets the current value of the :add-tearoffs property.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the current value of the :add-tearoffs property.
|
* Returns: the current value of the :add-tearoffs property.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Deprecated: 3.10
|
* Deprecated: 3.10
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -5209,7 +5209,7 @@ gtk_combo_box_get_popup_accessible (GtkComboBox *combo_box)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Returns the current row separator function.
|
* Returns the current row separator function.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the current row separator function.
|
* Returns: the current row separator function.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.6
|
* Since: 2.6
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -5298,7 +5298,7 @@ gtk_combo_box_set_button_sensitivity (GtkComboBox *combo_box,
|
|||||||
* Returns whether the combo box sets the dropdown button
|
* Returns whether the combo box sets the dropdown button
|
||||||
* sensitive or not when there are no items in the model.
|
* sensitive or not when there are no items in the model.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return Value: %GTK_SENSITIVITY_ON if the dropdown button
|
* Returns: %GTK_SENSITIVITY_ON if the dropdown button
|
||||||
* is sensitive when the model is empty, %GTK_SENSITIVITY_OFF
|
* is sensitive when the model is empty, %GTK_SENSITIVITY_OFF
|
||||||
* if the button is always insensitive or
|
* if the button is always insensitive or
|
||||||
* %GTK_SENSITIVITY_AUTO if it is only sensitive as long as
|
* %GTK_SENSITIVITY_AUTO if it is only sensitive as long as
|
||||||
@ -5321,7 +5321,7 @@ gtk_combo_box_get_button_sensitivity (GtkComboBox *combo_box)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Returns whether the combo box has an entry.
|
* Returns whether the combo box has an entry.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return Value: whether there is an entry in @combo_box.
|
* Returns: whether there is an entry in @combo_box.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.24
|
* Since: 2.24
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -5378,7 +5378,7 @@ gtk_combo_box_set_entry_text_column (GtkComboBox *combo_box,
|
|||||||
* Returns the column which @combo_box is using to get the strings
|
* Returns the column which @combo_box is using to get the strings
|
||||||
* from to display in the internal entry.
|
* from to display in the internal entry.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: A column in the data source model of @combo_box.
|
* Returns: A column in the data source model of @combo_box.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.24
|
* Since: 2.24
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -5430,7 +5430,7 @@ gtk_combo_box_set_focus_on_click (GtkComboBox *combo_box,
|
|||||||
* Returns whether the combo box grabs focus when it is clicked
|
* Returns whether the combo box grabs focus when it is clicked
|
||||||
* with the mouse. See gtk_combo_box_set_focus_on_click().
|
* with the mouse. See gtk_combo_box_set_focus_on_click().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the combo box grabs focus when it is
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the combo box grabs focus when it is
|
||||||
* clicked with the mouse.
|
* clicked with the mouse.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.6
|
* Since: 2.6
|
||||||
@ -5775,7 +5775,7 @@ gtk_combo_box_set_id_column (GtkComboBox *combo_box,
|
|||||||
* Returns the column which @combo_box is using to get string IDs
|
* Returns the column which @combo_box is using to get string IDs
|
||||||
* for values from.
|
* for values from.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: A column in the data source model of @combo_box.
|
* Returns: A column in the data source model of @combo_box.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.0
|
* Since: 3.0
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -5803,7 +5803,7 @@ gtk_combo_box_get_id_column (GtkComboBox *combo_box)
|
|||||||
* no row is active, or if the active row has a %NULL ID value, then %NULL
|
* no row is active, or if the active row has a %NULL ID value, then %NULL
|
||||||
* is returned.
|
* is returned.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the ID of the active row, or %NULL
|
* Returns: the ID of the active row, or %NULL
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.0
|
* Since: 3.0
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
|
@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ gtk_combo_box_text_buildable_custom_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
|
|||||||
* Creates a new #GtkComboBoxText, which is a #GtkComboBox just displaying
|
* Creates a new #GtkComboBoxText, which is a #GtkComboBox just displaying
|
||||||
* strings.
|
* strings.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: A new #GtkComboBoxText
|
* Returns: A new #GtkComboBoxText
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.24
|
* Since: 2.24
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ gtk_combo_box_text_new (void)
|
|||||||
* Creates a new #GtkComboBoxText, which is a #GtkComboBox just displaying
|
* Creates a new #GtkComboBoxText, which is a #GtkComboBox just displaying
|
||||||
* strings. The combo box created by this function has an entry.
|
* strings. The combo box created by this function has an entry.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a new #GtkComboBoxText
|
* Returns: a new #GtkComboBoxText
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.24
|
* Since: 2.24
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
@ -786,7 +786,7 @@ gtk_container_buildable_custom_tag_end (GtkBuildable *buildable,
|
|||||||
* children can be added, e.g. for a #GtkPaned which already has two
|
* children can be added, e.g. for a #GtkPaned which already has two
|
||||||
* children.
|
* children.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a #GType.
|
* Returns: a #GType.
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
GType
|
GType
|
||||||
gtk_container_child_type (GtkContainer *container)
|
gtk_container_child_type (GtkContainer *container)
|
||||||
@ -1505,7 +1505,7 @@ gtk_container_set_border_width (GtkContainer *container,
|
|||||||
* Retrieves the border width of the container. See
|
* Retrieves the border width of the container. See
|
||||||
* gtk_container_set_border_width().
|
* gtk_container_set_border_width().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the current border width
|
* Returns: the current border width
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
guint
|
guint
|
||||||
gtk_container_get_border_width (GtkContainer *container)
|
gtk_container_get_border_width (GtkContainer *container)
|
||||||
@ -1641,7 +1641,7 @@ gtk_container_set_resize_mode (GtkContainer *container,
|
|||||||
* Returns the resize mode for the container. See
|
* Returns the resize mode for the container. See
|
||||||
* gtk_container_set_resize_mode ().
|
* gtk_container_set_resize_mode ().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the current resize mode
|
* Returns: the current resize mode
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Deprecated: 3.12: Resize modes are deprecated. They aren’t necessary
|
* Deprecated: 3.12: Resize modes are deprecated. They aren’t necessary
|
||||||
* anymore since frame clocks and might introduce obscure bugs if
|
* anymore since frame clocks and might introduce obscure bugs if
|
||||||
@ -2228,7 +2228,7 @@ gtk_container_get_focus_child (GtkContainer *container)
|
|||||||
* Returns the container’s non-internal children. See
|
* Returns the container’s non-internal children. See
|
||||||
* gtk_container_forall() for details on what constitutes an "internal" child.
|
* gtk_container_forall() for details on what constitutes an "internal" child.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (element-type GtkWidget) (transfer container): a newly-allocated list of the container’s non-internal children.
|
* Returns: (element-type GtkWidget) (transfer container): a newly-allocated list of the container’s non-internal children.
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
GList*
|
GList*
|
||||||
gtk_container_get_children (GtkContainer *container)
|
gtk_container_get_children (GtkContainer *container)
|
||||||
@ -2934,7 +2934,7 @@ gtk_container_focus_sort_left_right (GtkContainer *container,
|
|||||||
* Sorts @children in the correct order for focusing with
|
* Sorts @children in the correct order for focusing with
|
||||||
* direction type @direction.
|
* direction type @direction.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a copy of @children, sorted in correct focusing order,
|
* Returns: a copy of @children, sorted in correct focusing order,
|
||||||
* with children that aren’t suitable for focusing in this direction
|
* with children that aren’t suitable for focusing in this direction
|
||||||
* removed.
|
* removed.
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -3122,7 +3122,7 @@ gtk_container_set_focus_chain (GtkContainer *container,
|
|||||||
* of the children. In that case, GTK+ stores %NULL in
|
* of the children. In that case, GTK+ stores %NULL in
|
||||||
* @focusable_widgets and returns %FALSE.
|
* @focusable_widgets and returns %FALSE.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the focus chain of the container
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the focus chain of the container
|
||||||
* has been set explicitly.
|
* has been set explicitly.
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
gboolean
|
gboolean
|
||||||
@ -3228,7 +3228,7 @@ gtk_container_set_focus_vadjustment (GtkContainer *container,
|
|||||||
* Retrieves the vertical focus adjustment for the container. See
|
* Retrieves the vertical focus adjustment for the container. See
|
||||||
* gtk_container_set_focus_vadjustment().
|
* gtk_container_set_focus_vadjustment().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): the vertical focus adjustment, or %NULL if
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the vertical focus adjustment, or %NULL if
|
||||||
* none has been set.
|
* none has been set.
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
GtkAdjustment *
|
GtkAdjustment *
|
||||||
@ -3283,7 +3283,7 @@ gtk_container_set_focus_hadjustment (GtkContainer *container,
|
|||||||
* Retrieves the horizontal focus adjustment for the container. See
|
* Retrieves the horizontal focus adjustment for the container. See
|
||||||
* gtk_container_set_focus_hadjustment ().
|
* gtk_container_set_focus_hadjustment ().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): the horizontal focus adjustment, or %NULL if
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the horizontal focus adjustment, or %NULL if
|
||||||
* none has been set.
|
* none has been set.
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
GtkAdjustment *
|
GtkAdjustment *
|
||||||
|
@ -875,7 +875,7 @@ gtk_dialog_new_empty (const gchar *title,
|
|||||||
* NULL);
|
* NULL);
|
||||||
* ]|
|
* ]|
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a new #GtkDialog
|
* Returns: a new #GtkDialog
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
GtkWidget*
|
GtkWidget*
|
||||||
gtk_dialog_new_with_buttons (const gchar *title,
|
gtk_dialog_new_with_buttons (const gchar *title,
|
||||||
@ -969,7 +969,7 @@ gtk_dialog_add_action_widget (GtkDialog *dialog,
|
|||||||
* dialog’s action area. The button widget is returned, but usually
|
* dialog’s action area. The button widget is returned, but usually
|
||||||
* you don’t need it.
|
* you don’t need it.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): the #GtkButton widget that was added
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the #GtkButton widget that was added
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
GtkWidget*
|
GtkWidget*
|
||||||
gtk_dialog_add_button (GtkDialog *dialog,
|
gtk_dialog_add_button (GtkDialog *dialog,
|
||||||
@ -1263,7 +1263,7 @@ run_destroy_handler (GtkDialog *dialog, gpointer data)
|
|||||||
* such as timeouts, IO channel watches, DND drops, etc, will
|
* such as timeouts, IO channel watches, DND drops, etc, will
|
||||||
* be triggered during a gtk_dialog_run() call.
|
* be triggered during a gtk_dialog_run() call.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: response ID
|
* Returns: response ID
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
gint
|
gint
|
||||||
gtk_dialog_run (GtkDialog *dialog)
|
gtk_dialog_run (GtkDialog *dialog)
|
||||||
|
16
gtk/gtkdnd.c
16
gtk/gtkdnd.c
@ -1154,7 +1154,7 @@ gtk_drag_get_data (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Determines the source widget for a drag.
|
* Determines the source widget for a drag.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): if the drag is occurring
|
* Returns: (transfer none): if the drag is occurring
|
||||||
* within a single application, a pointer to the source widget.
|
* within a single application, a pointer to the source widget.
|
||||||
* Otherwise, %NULL.
|
* Otherwise, %NULL.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -1498,7 +1498,7 @@ gtk_drag_dest_unset (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||||||
* Returns the list of targets this widget can accept from
|
* Returns the list of targets this widget can accept from
|
||||||
* drag-and-drop.
|
* drag-and-drop.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): the #GtkTargetList, or %NULL if none
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the #GtkTargetList, or %NULL if none
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
GtkTargetList*
|
GtkTargetList*
|
||||||
gtk_drag_dest_get_target_list (GtkWidget *widget)
|
gtk_drag_dest_get_target_list (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||||||
@ -1664,7 +1664,7 @@ gtk_drag_dest_set_track_motion (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||||||
* Returns whether the widget has been configured to always
|
* Returns whether the widget has been configured to always
|
||||||
* emit #GtkWidget::drag-motion signals.
|
* emit #GtkWidget::drag-motion signals.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return Value: %TRUE if the widget always emits
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget always emits
|
||||||
* #GtkWidget::drag-motion events
|
* #GtkWidget::drag-motion events
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.10
|
* Since: 2.10
|
||||||
@ -1808,7 +1808,7 @@ _gtk_drag_dest_handle_event (GtkWidget *toplevel,
|
|||||||
* that case, they will have to implement a drag_motion handler that
|
* that case, they will have to implement a drag_motion handler that
|
||||||
* passes the correct target list to this function.
|
* passes the correct target list to this function.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): first target that the source offers
|
* Returns: (transfer none): first target that the source offers
|
||||||
* and the dest can accept, or %GDK_NONE
|
* and the dest can accept, or %GDK_NONE
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
GdkAtom
|
GdkAtom
|
||||||
@ -2694,7 +2694,7 @@ gtk_drag_begin_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||||||
* (remember to free the event with gdk_event_free() when you are done).
|
* (remember to free the event with gdk_event_free() when you are done).
|
||||||
* If you can really not pass a real event, pass #NULL instead.
|
* If you can really not pass a real event, pass #NULL instead.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): the context for this drag.
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the context for this drag.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.10
|
* Since: 3.10
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -2727,7 +2727,7 @@ gtk_drag_begin_with_coordinates (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||||||
* This is equivalent to gtk_drag_begin_with_coordinates(), passing -1, -1
|
* This is equivalent to gtk_drag_begin_with_coordinates(), passing -1, -1
|
||||||
* as coordinates.
|
* as coordinates.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): the context for this drag.
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the context for this drag.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use gtk_drag_begin_with_coordinates() instead.
|
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use gtk_drag_begin_with_coordinates() instead.
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -2839,7 +2839,7 @@ gtk_drag_source_unset (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||||||
* Gets the list of targets this widget can provide for
|
* Gets the list of targets this widget can provide for
|
||||||
* drag-and-drop.
|
* drag-and-drop.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): the #GtkTargetList, or %NULL if none
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the #GtkTargetList, or %NULL if none
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -4558,7 +4558,7 @@ gtk_drag_abort_timeout (gpointer data)
|
|||||||
* at (@current_x, @current_y) has passed the GTK+ drag threshold, and thus
|
* at (@current_x, @current_y) has passed the GTK+ drag threshold, and thus
|
||||||
* should trigger the beginning of a drag-and-drop operation.
|
* should trigger the beginning of a drag-and-drop operation.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return Value: %TRUE if the drag threshold has been passed.
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the drag threshold has been passed.
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
gboolean
|
gboolean
|
||||||
gtk_drag_check_threshold (GtkWidget *widget,
|
gtk_drag_check_threshold (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||||||
|
@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ gtk_editable_delete_text (GtkEditable *editable,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Note that positions are specified in characters, not bytes.
|
* Note that positions are specified in characters, not bytes.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a pointer to the contents of the widget as a
|
* Returns: a pointer to the contents of the widget as a
|
||||||
* string. This string is allocated by the #GtkEditable
|
* string. This string is allocated by the #GtkEditable
|
||||||
* implementation and should be freed by the caller.
|
* implementation and should be freed by the caller.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ gtk_editable_set_position (GtkEditable *editable,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Note that this position is in characters, not in bytes.
|
* Note that this position is in characters, not in bytes.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the cursor position
|
* Returns: the cursor position
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
gint
|
gint
|
||||||
gtk_editable_get_position (GtkEditable *editable)
|
gtk_editable_get_position (GtkEditable *editable)
|
||||||
@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ gtk_editable_get_position (GtkEditable *editable)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Note that positions are specified in characters, not bytes.
|
* Note that positions are specified in characters, not bytes.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if an area is selected, %FALSE otherwise
|
* Returns: %TRUE if an area is selected, %FALSE otherwise
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
gboolean
|
gboolean
|
||||||
gtk_editable_get_selection_bounds (GtkEditable *editable,
|
gtk_editable_get_selection_bounds (GtkEditable *editable,
|
||||||
@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ gtk_editable_set_editable (GtkEditable *editable,
|
|||||||
* Retrieves whether @editable is editable. See
|
* Retrieves whether @editable is editable. See
|
||||||
* gtk_editable_set_editable().
|
* gtk_editable_set_editable().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if @editable is editable.
|
* Returns: %TRUE if @editable is editable.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
gboolean
|
gboolean
|
||||||
gtk_editable_get_editable (GtkEditable *editable)
|
gtk_editable_get_editable (GtkEditable *editable)
|
||||||
|
@ -6615,7 +6615,7 @@ gtk_entry_reset_im_context (GtkEntry *entry)
|
|||||||
* and the default key event handling of the #GtkEntry.
|
* and the default key event handling of the #GtkEntry.
|
||||||
* See gtk_text_view_reset_im_context() for an example of use.
|
* See gtk_text_view_reset_im_context() for an example of use.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the input method handled the key event.
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the input method handled the key event.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.22
|
* Since: 2.22
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -7335,7 +7335,7 @@ gtk_entry_ensure_pixbuf (GtkEntry *entry,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Creates a new entry.
|
* Creates a new entry.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a new #GtkEntry.
|
* Returns: a new #GtkEntry.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
GtkWidget*
|
GtkWidget*
|
||||||
gtk_entry_new (void)
|
gtk_entry_new (void)
|
||||||
@ -7349,7 +7349,7 @@ gtk_entry_new (void)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Creates a new entry with the specified text buffer.
|
* Creates a new entry with the specified text buffer.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a new #GtkEntry
|
* Returns: a new #GtkEntry
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.18
|
* Since: 2.18
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -7583,7 +7583,7 @@ gtk_entry_set_visibility (GtkEntry *entry,
|
|||||||
* Retrieves whether the text in @entry is visible. See
|
* Retrieves whether the text in @entry is visible. See
|
||||||
* gtk_entry_set_visibility().
|
* gtk_entry_set_visibility().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the text is currently visible
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the text is currently visible
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
gboolean
|
gboolean
|
||||||
gtk_entry_get_visibility (GtkEntry *entry)
|
gtk_entry_get_visibility (GtkEntry *entry)
|
||||||
@ -7637,7 +7637,7 @@ gtk_entry_set_invisible_char (GtkEntry *entry,
|
|||||||
* Retrieves the character displayed in place of the real characters
|
* Retrieves the character displayed in place of the real characters
|
||||||
* for entries with visibility set to false. See gtk_entry_set_invisible_char().
|
* for entries with visibility set to false. See gtk_entry_set_invisible_char().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the current invisible char, or 0, if the entry does not
|
* Returns: the current invisible char, or 0, if the entry does not
|
||||||
* show invisible text at all.
|
* show invisible text at all.
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
gunichar
|
gunichar
|
||||||
@ -7715,7 +7715,7 @@ gtk_entry_set_overwrite_mode (GtkEntry *entry,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Gets the value set by gtk_entry_set_overwrite_mode().
|
* Gets the value set by gtk_entry_set_overwrite_mode().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: whether the text is overwritten when typing.
|
* Returns: whether the text is overwritten when typing.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.14
|
* Since: 2.14
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -7742,7 +7742,7 @@ gtk_entry_get_overwrite_mode (GtkEntry *entry)
|
|||||||
* gtk_entry_buffer_get_text (buffer);
|
* gtk_entry_buffer_get_text (buffer);
|
||||||
* ]|
|
* ]|
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a pointer to the contents of the widget as a
|
* Returns: a pointer to the contents of the widget as a
|
||||||
* string. This string points to internally allocated
|
* string. This string points to internally allocated
|
||||||
* storage in the widget and must not be freed, modified or
|
* storage in the widget and must not be freed, modified or
|
||||||
* stored.
|
* stored.
|
||||||
@ -7797,7 +7797,7 @@ gtk_entry_set_max_length (GtkEntry *entry,
|
|||||||
* gtk_entry_buffer_get_max_length (buffer);
|
* gtk_entry_buffer_get_max_length (buffer);
|
||||||
* ]|
|
* ]|
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the maximum allowed number of characters
|
* Returns: the maximum allowed number of characters
|
||||||
* in #GtkEntry, or 0 if there is no maximum.
|
* in #GtkEntry, or 0 if there is no maximum.
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
gint
|
gint
|
||||||
@ -7823,7 +7823,7 @@ gtk_entry_get_max_length (GtkEntry *entry)
|
|||||||
* gtk_entry_buffer_get_length (buffer);
|
* gtk_entry_buffer_get_length (buffer);
|
||||||
* ]|
|
* ]|
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the current number of characters
|
* Returns: the current number of characters
|
||||||
* in #GtkEntry, or 0 if there are none.
|
* in #GtkEntry, or 0 if there are none.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.14
|
* Since: 2.14
|
||||||
@ -7875,7 +7875,7 @@ gtk_entry_set_activates_default (GtkEntry *entry,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Retrieves the value set by gtk_entry_set_activates_default().
|
* Retrieves the value set by gtk_entry_set_activates_default().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the entry will activate the default widget
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the entry will activate the default widget
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
gboolean
|
gboolean
|
||||||
gtk_entry_get_activates_default (GtkEntry *entry)
|
gtk_entry_get_activates_default (GtkEntry *entry)
|
||||||
@ -7920,7 +7920,7 @@ gtk_entry_set_width_chars (GtkEntry *entry,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Gets the value set by gtk_entry_set_width_chars().
|
* Gets the value set by gtk_entry_set_width_chars().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: number of chars to request space for, or negative if unset
|
* Returns: number of chars to request space for, or negative if unset
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
gint
|
gint
|
||||||
gtk_entry_get_width_chars (GtkEntry *entry)
|
gtk_entry_get_width_chars (GtkEntry *entry)
|
||||||
@ -7964,7 +7964,7 @@ gtk_entry_set_max_width_chars (GtkEntry *entry,
|
|||||||
* Retrieves the desired maximum width of @entry, in characters.
|
* Retrieves the desired maximum width of @entry, in characters.
|
||||||
* See gtk_entry_set_max_width_chars().
|
* See gtk_entry_set_max_width_chars().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the maximum width of the entry, in characters
|
* Returns: the maximum width of the entry, in characters
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.12
|
* Since: 3.12
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -8009,7 +8009,7 @@ gtk_entry_set_has_frame (GtkEntry *entry,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Gets the value set by gtk_entry_set_has_frame().
|
* Gets the value set by gtk_entry_set_has_frame().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: whether the entry has a beveled frame
|
* Returns: whether the entry has a beveled frame
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
gboolean
|
gboolean
|
||||||
gtk_entry_get_has_frame (GtkEntry *entry)
|
gtk_entry_get_has_frame (GtkEntry *entry)
|
||||||
@ -8055,7 +8055,7 @@ gtk_entry_set_inner_border (GtkEntry *entry,
|
|||||||
* This function returns the entry’s #GtkEntry:inner-border property. See
|
* This function returns the entry’s #GtkEntry:inner-border property. See
|
||||||
* gtk_entry_set_inner_border() for more information.
|
* gtk_entry_set_inner_border() for more information.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): the entry’s #GtkBorder, or %NULL if none was set.
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the entry’s #GtkBorder, or %NULL if none was set.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.10
|
* Since: 2.10
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
@ -8086,7 +8086,7 @@ gtk_entry_get_inner_border (GtkEntry *entry)
|
|||||||
* gtk_entry_text_index_to_layout_index() are needed to convert byte
|
* gtk_entry_text_index_to_layout_index() are needed to convert byte
|
||||||
* indices in the layout to byte indices in the entry contents.
|
* indices in the layout to byte indices in the entry contents.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): the #PangoLayout for this entry
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the #PangoLayout for this entry
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
PangoLayout*
|
PangoLayout*
|
||||||
gtk_entry_get_layout (GtkEntry *entry)
|
gtk_entry_get_layout (GtkEntry *entry)
|
||||||
@ -8111,7 +8111,7 @@ gtk_entry_get_layout (GtkEntry *entry)
|
|||||||
* entry’s #PangoLayout (returned by gtk_entry_get_layout(),
|
* entry’s #PangoLayout (returned by gtk_entry_get_layout(),
|
||||||
* with text retrieved via pango_layout_get_text()).
|
* with text retrieved via pango_layout_get_text()).
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: byte index into the entry contents
|
* Returns: byte index into the entry contents
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
gint
|
gint
|
||||||
gtk_entry_layout_index_to_text_index (GtkEntry *entry,
|
gtk_entry_layout_index_to_text_index (GtkEntry *entry,
|
||||||
@ -8150,7 +8150,7 @@ gtk_entry_layout_index_to_text_index (GtkEntry *entry,
|
|||||||
* gtk_entry_get_layout()) to a position in the entry contents
|
* gtk_entry_get_layout()) to a position in the entry contents
|
||||||
* (returned by gtk_entry_get_text()).
|
* (returned by gtk_entry_get_text()).
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: byte index into the entry layout text
|
* Returns: byte index into the entry layout text
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
gint
|
gint
|
||||||
gtk_entry_text_index_to_layout_index (GtkEntry *entry,
|
gtk_entry_text_index_to_layout_index (GtkEntry *entry,
|
||||||
@ -8267,7 +8267,7 @@ gtk_entry_set_alignment (GtkEntry *entry, gfloat xalign)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Gets the value set by gtk_entry_set_alignment().
|
* Gets the value set by gtk_entry_set_alignment().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the alignment
|
* Returns: the alignment
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -8836,7 +8836,7 @@ gtk_entry_get_icon_sensitive (GtkEntry *entry,
|
|||||||
* to store image data. If the icon has no image data,
|
* to store image data. If the icon has no image data,
|
||||||
* the return value will be %GTK_IMAGE_EMPTY.
|
* the return value will be %GTK_IMAGE_EMPTY.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: image representation being used
|
* Returns: image representation being used
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.16
|
* Since: 2.16
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -10200,7 +10200,7 @@ gtk_entry_set_completion (GtkEntry *entry,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Returns the auxiliary completion object currently in use by @entry.
|
* Returns the auxiliary completion object currently in use by @entry.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): The auxiliary completion object currently
|
* Returns: (transfer none): The auxiliary completion object currently
|
||||||
* in use by @entry.
|
* in use by @entry.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
@ -10258,7 +10258,7 @@ gtk_entry_set_cursor_hadjustment (GtkEntry *entry,
|
|||||||
* Retrieves the horizontal cursor adjustment for the entry.
|
* Retrieves the horizontal cursor adjustment for the entry.
|
||||||
* See gtk_entry_set_cursor_hadjustment().
|
* See gtk_entry_set_cursor_hadjustment().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): the horizontal cursor adjustment, or %NULL
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the horizontal cursor adjustment, or %NULL
|
||||||
* if none has been set.
|
* if none has been set.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.12
|
* Since: 2.12
|
||||||
@ -10330,7 +10330,7 @@ gtk_entry_set_progress_fraction (GtkEntry *entry,
|
|||||||
* Returns the current fraction of the task that’s been completed.
|
* Returns the current fraction of the task that’s been completed.
|
||||||
* See gtk_entry_set_progress_fraction().
|
* See gtk_entry_set_progress_fraction().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a fraction from 0.0 to 1.0
|
* Returns: a fraction from 0.0 to 1.0
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.16
|
* Since: 2.16
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -10380,7 +10380,7 @@ gtk_entry_set_progress_pulse_step (GtkEntry *entry,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Retrieves the pulse step set with gtk_entry_set_progress_pulse_step().
|
* Retrieves the pulse step set with gtk_entry_set_progress_pulse_step().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a fraction from 0.0 to 1.0
|
* Returns: a fraction from 0.0 to 1.0
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.16
|
* Since: 2.16
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -10715,7 +10715,7 @@ gtk_entry_set_attributes (GtkEntry *entry,
|
|||||||
* Gets the attribute list that was set on the entry using
|
* Gets the attribute list that was set on the entry using
|
||||||
* gtk_entry_set_attributes(), if any.
|
* gtk_entry_set_attributes(), if any.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): the attribute list, or %NULL
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the attribute list, or %NULL
|
||||||
* if none was set.
|
* if none was set.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.6
|
* Since: 3.6
|
||||||
@ -10768,7 +10768,7 @@ gtk_entry_set_tabs (GtkEntry *entry,
|
|||||||
* Gets the tabstops that were set on the entry using gtk_entry_set_tabs(), if
|
* Gets the tabstops that were set on the entry using gtk_entry_set_tabs(), if
|
||||||
* any.
|
* any.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): the tabstops, or %NULL if none was set.
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the tabstops, or %NULL if none was set.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.10
|
* Since: 3.10
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ gtk_entry_buffer_class_init (GtkEntryBufferClass *klass)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Optionally, specify initial text to set in the buffer.
|
* Optionally, specify initial text to set in the buffer.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: A new GtkEntryBuffer object.
|
* Returns: A new GtkEntryBuffer object.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.18
|
* Since: 2.18
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -456,7 +456,7 @@ gtk_entry_buffer_new (const gchar *initial_chars,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Retrieves the length in characters of the buffer.
|
* Retrieves the length in characters of the buffer.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: The number of characters in the buffer.
|
* Returns: The number of characters in the buffer.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.18
|
* Since: 2.18
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -480,7 +480,7 @@ gtk_entry_buffer_get_length (GtkEntryBuffer *buffer)
|
|||||||
* Retrieves the length in bytes of the buffer.
|
* Retrieves the length in bytes of the buffer.
|
||||||
* See gtk_entry_buffer_get_length().
|
* See gtk_entry_buffer_get_length().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: The byte length of the buffer.
|
* Returns: The byte length of the buffer.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.18
|
* Since: 2.18
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ gtk_entry_buffer_get_bytes (GtkEntryBuffer *buffer)
|
|||||||
* The memory pointer returned by this call will not change
|
* The memory pointer returned by this call will not change
|
||||||
* unless this object emits a signal, or is finalized.
|
* unless this object emits a signal, or is finalized.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a pointer to the contents of the widget as a
|
* Returns: a pointer to the contents of the widget as a
|
||||||
* string. This string points to internally allocated
|
* string. This string points to internally allocated
|
||||||
* storage in the buffer and must not be freed, modified or
|
* storage in the buffer and must not be freed, modified or
|
||||||
* stored.
|
* stored.
|
||||||
@ -592,7 +592,7 @@ gtk_entry_buffer_set_max_length (GtkEntryBuffer *buffer,
|
|||||||
* Retrieves the maximum allowed length of the text in
|
* Retrieves the maximum allowed length of the text in
|
||||||
* @buffer. See gtk_entry_buffer_set_max_length().
|
* @buffer. See gtk_entry_buffer_set_max_length().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the maximum allowed number of characters
|
* Returns: the maximum allowed number of characters
|
||||||
* in #GtkEntryBuffer, or 0 if there is no maximum.
|
* in #GtkEntryBuffer, or 0 if there is no maximum.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.18
|
* Since: 2.18
|
||||||
|
@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ gtk_entry_completion_class_init (GtkEntryCompletionClass *klass)
|
|||||||
* the #GtkFileChooser inserts only the part of the prefix up to the
|
* the #GtkFileChooser inserts only the part of the prefix up to the
|
||||||
* next '/'.
|
* next '/'.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the signal has been handled
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the signal has been handled
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.6
|
* Since: 2.6
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ gtk_entry_completion_class_init (GtkEntryCompletionClass *klass)
|
|||||||
* Note that @model is the model that was passed to
|
* Note that @model is the model that was passed to
|
||||||
* gtk_entry_completion_set_model().
|
* gtk_entry_completion_set_model().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the signal has been handled
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the signal has been handled
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ gtk_entry_completion_class_init (GtkEntryCompletionClass *klass)
|
|||||||
* Note that @model is the model that was passed to
|
* Note that @model is the model that was passed to
|
||||||
* gtk_entry_completion_set_model().
|
* gtk_entry_completion_set_model().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the signal has been handled
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the signal has been handled
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.12
|
* Since: 2.12
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -1139,7 +1139,7 @@ gtk_entry_completion_selection_changed (GtkTreeSelection *selection,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Creates a new #GtkEntryCompletion object.
|
* Creates a new #GtkEntryCompletion object.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: A newly created #GtkEntryCompletion object
|
* Returns: A newly created #GtkEntryCompletion object
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -1161,7 +1161,7 @@ gtk_entry_completion_new (void)
|
|||||||
* specified @area to layout cells in the underlying
|
* specified @area to layout cells in the underlying
|
||||||
* #GtkTreeViewColumn for the drop-down menu.
|
* #GtkTreeViewColumn for the drop-down menu.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: A newly created #GtkEntryCompletion object
|
* Returns: A newly created #GtkEntryCompletion object
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.0
|
* Since: 3.0
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -1181,7 +1181,7 @@ gtk_entry_completion_new_with_area (GtkCellArea *area)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Gets the entry @completion has been attached to.
|
* Gets the entry @completion has been attached to.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): The entry @completion has been attached to
|
* Returns: (transfer none): The entry @completion has been attached to
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -1245,7 +1245,7 @@ gtk_entry_completion_set_model (GtkEntryCompletion *completion,
|
|||||||
* Returns the model the #GtkEntryCompletion is using as data source.
|
* Returns the model the #GtkEntryCompletion is using as data source.
|
||||||
* Returns %NULL if the model is unset.
|
* Returns %NULL if the model is unset.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): A #GtkTreeModel, or %NULL if none
|
* Returns: (transfer none): A #GtkTreeModel, or %NULL if none
|
||||||
* is currently being used
|
* is currently being used
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
@ -1323,7 +1323,7 @@ gtk_entry_completion_set_minimum_key_length (GtkEntryCompletion *completion,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Returns the minimum key length as set for @completion.
|
* Returns the minimum key length as set for @completion.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: The currently used minimum key length
|
* Returns: The currently used minimum key length
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -1538,7 +1538,7 @@ gtk_entry_completion_set_text_column (GtkEntryCompletion *completion,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Returns the column in the model of @completion to get strings from.
|
* Returns the column in the model of @completion to get strings from.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the column containing the strings
|
* Returns: the column containing the strings
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.6
|
* Since: 2.6
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -2049,7 +2049,7 @@ gtk_entry_completion_set_inline_completion (GtkEntryCompletion *completion,
|
|||||||
* Returns whether the common prefix of the possible completions should
|
* Returns whether the common prefix of the possible completions should
|
||||||
* be automatically inserted in the entry.
|
* be automatically inserted in the entry.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if inline completion is turned on
|
* Returns: %TRUE if inline completion is turned on
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.6
|
* Since: 2.6
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -2093,7 +2093,7 @@ gtk_entry_completion_set_popup_completion (GtkEntryCompletion *completion,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Returns whether the completions should be presented in a popup window.
|
* Returns whether the completions should be presented in a popup window.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if popup completion is turned on
|
* Returns: %TRUE if popup completion is turned on
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.6
|
* Since: 2.6
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -2138,7 +2138,7 @@ gtk_entry_completion_set_popup_set_width (GtkEntryCompletion *completion,
|
|||||||
* Returns whether the completion popup window will be resized to the
|
* Returns whether the completion popup window will be resized to the
|
||||||
* width of the entry.
|
* width of the entry.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the popup window will be resized to the width of
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the popup window will be resized to the width of
|
||||||
* the entry
|
* the entry
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.8
|
* Since: 2.8
|
||||||
@ -2187,7 +2187,7 @@ gtk_entry_completion_set_popup_single_match (GtkEntryCompletion *completion,
|
|||||||
* Returns whether the completion popup window will appear even if there is
|
* Returns whether the completion popup window will appear even if there is
|
||||||
* only a single match.
|
* only a single match.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the popup window will appear regardless of the
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the popup window will appear regardless of the
|
||||||
* number of matches
|
* number of matches
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.8
|
* Since: 2.8
|
||||||
|
@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ gtk_event_box_get_property (GObject *object,
|
|||||||
* Returns whether the event box has a visible window.
|
* Returns whether the event box has a visible window.
|
||||||
* See gtk_event_box_set_visible_window() for details.
|
* See gtk_event_box_set_visible_window() for details.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the event box window is visible
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the event box window is visible
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ gtk_event_box_set_visible_window (GtkEventBox *event_box,
|
|||||||
* windows of its child. See gtk_event_box_set_above_child()
|
* windows of its child. See gtk_event_box_set_above_child()
|
||||||
* for details.
|
* for details.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the event box window is above the
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the event box window is above the
|
||||||
* window of its child
|
* window of its child
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
|
@ -1630,7 +1630,7 @@ gtk_expander_get_preferred_width_for_height (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Creates a new expander using @label as the text of the label.
|
* Creates a new expander using @label as the text of the label.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a new #GtkExpander widget.
|
* Returns: a new #GtkExpander widget.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -1652,7 +1652,7 @@ gtk_expander_new (const gchar *label)
|
|||||||
* accelerator called a mnemonic.
|
* accelerator called a mnemonic.
|
||||||
* Pressing Alt and that key activates the button.
|
* Pressing Alt and that key activates the button.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a new #GtkExpander widget.
|
* Returns: a new #GtkExpander widget.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -1717,7 +1717,7 @@ gtk_expander_set_expanded (GtkExpander *expander,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* See gtk_expander_set_expanded().
|
* See gtk_expander_set_expanded().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the current state of the expander
|
* Returns: the current state of the expander
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -1762,7 +1762,7 @@ gtk_expander_set_spacing (GtkExpander *expander,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Gets the value set by gtk_expander_set_spacing().
|
* Gets the value set by gtk_expander_set_spacing().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: spacing between the expander and child
|
* Returns: spacing between the expander and child
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -1826,7 +1826,7 @@ gtk_expander_set_label (GtkExpander *expander,
|
|||||||
* be avoided by fetching the label text directly from the label
|
* be avoided by fetching the label text directly from the label
|
||||||
* widget.
|
* widget.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: The text of the label widget. This string is owned
|
* Returns: The text of the label widget. This string is owned
|
||||||
* by the widget and must not be modified or freed.
|
* by the widget and must not be modified or freed.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
@ -1886,7 +1886,7 @@ gtk_expander_set_use_underline (GtkExpander *expander,
|
|||||||
* Returns whether an embedded underline in the expander label
|
* Returns whether an embedded underline in the expander label
|
||||||
* indicates a mnemonic. See gtk_expander_set_use_underline().
|
* indicates a mnemonic. See gtk_expander_set_use_underline().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if an embedded underline in the expander
|
* Returns: %TRUE if an embedded underline in the expander
|
||||||
* label indicates the mnemonic accelerator keys
|
* label indicates the mnemonic accelerator keys
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
@ -1941,7 +1941,7 @@ gtk_expander_set_use_markup (GtkExpander *expander,
|
|||||||
* the [Pango text markup language][PangoMarkupFormat].
|
* the [Pango text markup language][PangoMarkupFormat].
|
||||||
* See gtk_expander_set_use_markup().
|
* See gtk_expander_set_use_markup().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the label’s text will be parsed for markup
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the label’s text will be parsed for markup
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -2016,7 +2016,7 @@ gtk_expander_set_label_widget (GtkExpander *expander,
|
|||||||
* Retrieves the label widget for the frame. See
|
* Retrieves the label widget for the frame. See
|
||||||
* gtk_expander_set_label_widget().
|
* gtk_expander_set_label_widget().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): the label widget,
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the label widget,
|
||||||
* or %NULL if there is none
|
* or %NULL if there is none
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
@ -2070,7 +2070,7 @@ gtk_expander_set_label_fill (GtkExpander *expander,
|
|||||||
* Returns whether the label widget will fill all available
|
* Returns whether the label widget will fill all available
|
||||||
* horizontal space allocated to @expander.
|
* horizontal space allocated to @expander.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the label widget will fill all
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the label widget will fill all
|
||||||
* available horizontal space
|
* available horizontal space
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.22
|
* Since: 2.22
|
||||||
@ -2113,7 +2113,7 @@ gtk_expander_set_resize_toplevel (GtkExpander *expander,
|
|||||||
* Returns whether the expander will resize the toplevel widget
|
* Returns whether the expander will resize the toplevel widget
|
||||||
* containing the expander upon resizing and collpasing.
|
* containing the expander upon resizing and collpasing.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the “resize toplevel” setting.
|
* Returns: the “resize toplevel” setting.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.2
|
* Since: 3.2
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
@ -467,7 +467,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_default_init (GtkFileChooserInterface *iface)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Registers an error quark for #GtkFileChooser if necessary.
|
* Registers an error quark for #GtkFileChooser if necessary.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: The error quark used for #GtkFileChooser errors.
|
* Returns: The error quark used for #GtkFileChooser errors.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_action (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
|
|||||||
* Gets the type of operation that the file chooser is performing; see
|
* Gets the type of operation that the file chooser is performing; see
|
||||||
* gtk_file_chooser_set_action().
|
* gtk_file_chooser_set_action().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the action that the file selector is performing
|
* Returns: the action that the file selector is performing
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_local_only (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
|
|||||||
* Gets whether only local files can be selected in the
|
* Gets whether only local files can be selected in the
|
||||||
* file selector. See gtk_file_chooser_set_local_only()
|
* file selector. See gtk_file_chooser_set_local_only()
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if only local files can be selected.
|
* Returns: %TRUE if only local files can be selected.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -602,7 +602,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_select_multiple (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
|
|||||||
* Gets whether multiple files can be selected in the file
|
* Gets whether multiple files can be selected in the file
|
||||||
* selector. See gtk_file_chooser_set_select_multiple().
|
* selector. See gtk_file_chooser_set_select_multiple().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if multiple files can be selected.
|
* Returns: %TRUE if multiple files can be selected.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -645,7 +645,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_create_folders (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
|
|||||||
* Gets whether file choser will offer to create new folders.
|
* Gets whether file choser will offer to create new folders.
|
||||||
* See gtk_file_chooser_set_create_folders().
|
* See gtk_file_chooser_set_create_folders().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the New Folder button should be displayed.
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the New Folder button should be displayed.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.18
|
* Since: 2.18
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -673,7 +673,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_create_folders (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
|
|||||||
* If the file chooser is in folder mode, this function returns the selected
|
* If the file chooser is in folder mode, this function returns the selected
|
||||||
* folder.
|
* folder.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (type filename): The currently selected filename, or %NULL
|
* Returns: (type filename): The currently selected filename, or %NULL
|
||||||
* if no file is selected, or the selected file can't
|
* if no file is selected, or the selected file can't
|
||||||
* be represented with a local filename. Free with g_free().
|
* be represented with a local filename. Free with g_free().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
@ -736,7 +736,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_filename (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
|
|||||||
* as to where to save his new file. In the second case, the file’s existing location
|
* as to where to save his new file. In the second case, the file’s existing location
|
||||||
* is already known, so the file chooser will use it.
|
* is already known, so the file chooser will use it.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: Not useful.
|
* Returns: Not useful.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -759,7 +759,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_filename (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
|
|||||||
* folder of @chooser, then the current folder of @chooser will
|
* folder of @chooser, then the current folder of @chooser will
|
||||||
* be changed to the folder containing @filename.
|
* be changed to the folder containing @filename.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: Not useful.
|
* Returns: Not useful.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* See also: gtk_file_chooser_set_filename()
|
* See also: gtk_file_chooser_set_filename()
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
@ -856,7 +856,7 @@ file_to_uri_with_native_path (GFile *file)
|
|||||||
* folder cannot be represented as local filenames they will be ignored. (See
|
* folder cannot be represented as local filenames they will be ignored. (See
|
||||||
* gtk_file_chooser_get_uris())
|
* gtk_file_chooser_get_uris())
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (element-type filename) (transfer full): a #GSList
|
* Returns: (element-type filename) (transfer full): a #GSList
|
||||||
* containing the filenames of all selected files and subfolders in
|
* containing the filenames of all selected files and subfolders in
|
||||||
* the current folder. Free the returned list with g_slist_free(),
|
* the current folder. Free the returned list with g_slist_free(),
|
||||||
* and the filenames with g_free().
|
* and the filenames with g_free().
|
||||||
@ -892,7 +892,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_filenames (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
|
|||||||
* [section on setting up a file chooser dialog][gtkfilechooserdialog-setting-up]
|
* [section on setting up a file chooser dialog][gtkfilechooserdialog-setting-up]
|
||||||
* for the rationale behind this.
|
* for the rationale behind this.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: Not useful.
|
* Returns: Not useful.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -928,7 +928,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
|
|||||||
* currently-selected folder in that mode, use gtk_file_chooser_get_uri() as the
|
* currently-selected folder in that mode, use gtk_file_chooser_get_uri() as the
|
||||||
* usual way to get the selection.
|
* usual way to get the selection.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (type filename): the full path of the current folder,
|
* Returns: (type filename): the full path of the current folder,
|
||||||
* or %NULL if the current path cannot be represented as a local
|
* or %NULL if the current path cannot be represented as a local
|
||||||
* filename. Free with g_free(). This function will also return
|
* filename. Free with g_free(). This function will also return
|
||||||
* %NULL if the file chooser was unable to load the last folder that
|
* %NULL if the file chooser was unable to load the last folder that
|
||||||
@ -1022,7 +1022,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_current_name (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
|
|||||||
* If the file chooser is in folder mode, this function returns the selected
|
* If the file chooser is in folder mode, this function returns the selected
|
||||||
* folder.
|
* folder.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: The currently selected URI, or %NULL
|
* Returns: The currently selected URI, or %NULL
|
||||||
* if no file is selected. If gtk_file_chooser_set_local_only() is set to %TRUE
|
* if no file is selected. If gtk_file_chooser_set_local_only() is set to %TRUE
|
||||||
* (the default) a local URI will be returned for any FUSE locations.
|
* (the default) a local URI will be returned for any FUSE locations.
|
||||||
* Free with g_free()
|
* Free with g_free()
|
||||||
@ -1089,7 +1089,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_uri (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
|
|||||||
* as to where to save his new file. In the second case, the file’s existing location
|
* as to where to save his new file. In the second case, the file’s existing location
|
||||||
* is already known, so the file chooser will use it.
|
* is already known, so the file chooser will use it.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: Not useful.
|
* Returns: Not useful.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -1112,7 +1112,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_uri (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
|
|||||||
* file in the current folder of @chooser, then the current folder of
|
* file in the current folder of @chooser, then the current folder of
|
||||||
* @chooser will be changed to the folder containing @filename.
|
* @chooser will be changed to the folder containing @filename.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: Not useful.
|
* Returns: Not useful.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -1198,7 +1198,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_unselect_all (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
|
|||||||
* Lists all the selected files and subfolders in the current folder of
|
* Lists all the selected files and subfolders in the current folder of
|
||||||
* @chooser. The returned names are full absolute URIs.
|
* @chooser. The returned names are full absolute URIs.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (element-type utf8) (transfer full): a #GSList containing the URIs of all selected
|
* Returns: (element-type utf8) (transfer full): a #GSList containing the URIs of all selected
|
||||||
* files and subfolders in the current folder. Free the returned list
|
* files and subfolders in the current folder. Free the returned list
|
||||||
* with g_slist_free(), and the filenames with g_free().
|
* with g_slist_free(), and the filenames with g_free().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
@ -1237,7 +1237,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_uris (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
|
|||||||
* [section on setting up a file chooser dialog][gtkfilechooserdialog-setting-up]
|
* [section on setting up a file chooser dialog][gtkfilechooserdialog-setting-up]
|
||||||
* for the rationale behind this.
|
* for the rationale behind this.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the folder could be changed successfully, %FALSE
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the folder could be changed successfully, %FALSE
|
||||||
* otherwise.
|
* otherwise.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
@ -1274,7 +1274,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder_uri (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
|
|||||||
* currently-selected folder in that mode, use gtk_file_chooser_get_uri() as the
|
* currently-selected folder in that mode, use gtk_file_chooser_get_uri() as the
|
||||||
* usual way to get the selection.
|
* usual way to get the selection.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the URI for the current folder. Free with g_free(). This
|
* Returns: the URI for the current folder. Free with g_free(). This
|
||||||
* function will also return %NULL if the file chooser was unable to load the
|
* function will also return %NULL if the file chooser was unable to load the
|
||||||
* last folder that was requested from it; for example, as would be for calling
|
* last folder that was requested from it; for example, as would be for calling
|
||||||
* gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder_uri() on a nonexistent folder.
|
* gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder_uri() on a nonexistent folder.
|
||||||
@ -1308,7 +1308,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_current_folder_uri (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
|
|||||||
* Sets the current folder for @chooser from a #GFile.
|
* Sets the current folder for @chooser from a #GFile.
|
||||||
* Internal function, see gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder_uri().
|
* Internal function, see gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder_uri().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the folder could be changed successfully, %FALSE
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the folder could be changed successfully, %FALSE
|
||||||
* otherwise.
|
* otherwise.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.14
|
* Since: 2.14
|
||||||
@ -1332,7 +1332,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder_file (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
|
|||||||
* Gets the current folder of @chooser as #GFile.
|
* Gets the current folder of @chooser as #GFile.
|
||||||
* See gtk_file_chooser_get_current_folder_uri().
|
* See gtk_file_chooser_get_current_folder_uri().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer full): the #GFile for the current folder.
|
* Returns: (transfer full): the #GFile for the current folder.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.14
|
* Since: 2.14
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@ -1353,7 +1353,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_current_folder_file (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
|
|||||||
* Selects the file referred to by @file. An internal function. See
|
* Selects the file referred to by @file. An internal function. See
|
||||||
* _gtk_file_chooser_select_uri().
|
* _gtk_file_chooser_select_uri().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: Not useful.
|
* Returns: Not useful.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.14
|
* Since: 2.14
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -1396,7 +1396,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_unselect_file (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
|
|||||||
* Lists all the selected files and subfolders in the current folder of @chooser
|
* Lists all the selected files and subfolders in the current folder of @chooser
|
||||||
* as #GFile. An internal function, see gtk_file_chooser_get_uris().
|
* as #GFile. An internal function, see gtk_file_chooser_get_uris().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (element-type GFile) (transfer full): a #GSList
|
* Returns: (element-type GFile) (transfer full): a #GSList
|
||||||
* containing a #GFile for each selected file and subfolder in the
|
* containing a #GFile for each selected file and subfolder in the
|
||||||
* current folder. Free the returned list with g_slist_free(), and
|
* current folder. Free the returned list with g_slist_free(), and
|
||||||
* the files with g_object_unref().
|
* the files with g_object_unref().
|
||||||
@ -1451,7 +1451,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_files (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
|
|||||||
* }
|
* }
|
||||||
* ]|
|
* ]|
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: Not useful.
|
* Returns: Not useful.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.14
|
* Since: 2.14
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -1513,7 +1513,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_file (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
|
|||||||
* implementation detail, used for conversion between paths
|
* implementation detail, used for conversion between paths
|
||||||
* and filenames and URIs.
|
* and filenames and URIs.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the file system for @chooser.
|
* Returns: the file system for @chooser.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -1563,7 +1563,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
|
|||||||
* Gets the current preview widget; see
|
* Gets the current preview widget; see
|
||||||
* gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget().
|
* gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): the current preview widget, or %NULL
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the current preview widget, or %NULL
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -1617,7 +1617,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget_active (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
|
|||||||
* should be shown for the current filename. See
|
* should be shown for the current filename. See
|
||||||
* gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget_active().
|
* gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget_active().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the preview widget is active for the current filename.
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the preview widget is active for the current filename.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -1663,7 +1663,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_use_preview_label (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
|
|||||||
* Gets whether a stock label should be drawn with the name of the previewed
|
* Gets whether a stock label should be drawn with the name of the previewed
|
||||||
* file. See gtk_file_chooser_set_use_preview_label().
|
* file. See gtk_file_chooser_set_use_preview_label().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the file chooser is set to display a label with the
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the file chooser is set to display a label with the
|
||||||
* name of the previewed file, %FALSE otherwise.
|
* name of the previewed file, %FALSE otherwise.
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
gboolean
|
gboolean
|
||||||
@ -1685,7 +1685,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_use_preview_label (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
|
|||||||
* Gets the #GFile that should be previewed in a custom preview
|
* Gets the #GFile that should be previewed in a custom preview
|
||||||
* Internal function, see gtk_file_chooser_get_preview_uri().
|
* Internal function, see gtk_file_chooser_get_preview_uri().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer full): the #GFile for the file to preview,
|
* Returns: (transfer full): the #GFile for the file to preview,
|
||||||
* or %NULL if no file is selected. Free with g_object_unref().
|
* or %NULL if no file is selected. Free with g_object_unref().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.14
|
* Since: 2.14
|
||||||
@ -1707,7 +1707,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_preview_file (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
|
|||||||
* Adds a folder to be displayed with the shortcut folders in a file chooser.
|
* Adds a folder to be displayed with the shortcut folders in a file chooser.
|
||||||
* Internal function, see gtk_file_chooser_add_shortcut_folder().
|
* Internal function, see gtk_file_chooser_add_shortcut_folder().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the folder could be added successfully, %FALSE
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the folder could be added successfully, %FALSE
|
||||||
* otherwise.
|
* otherwise.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
@ -1732,7 +1732,7 @@ _gtk_file_chooser_add_shortcut_folder (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
|
|||||||
* Removes a folder from the shortcut folders in a file chooser. Internal
|
* Removes a folder from the shortcut folders in a file chooser. Internal
|
||||||
* function, see gtk_file_chooser_remove_shortcut_folder().
|
* function, see gtk_file_chooser_remove_shortcut_folder().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the folder could be removed successfully, %FALSE
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the folder could be removed successfully, %FALSE
|
||||||
* otherwise.
|
* otherwise.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
@ -1755,7 +1755,7 @@ _gtk_file_chooser_remove_shortcut_folder (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
|
|||||||
* Gets the filename that should be previewed in a custom preview
|
* Gets the filename that should be previewed in a custom preview
|
||||||
* widget. See gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget().
|
* widget. See gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (type filename): the filename to preview, or %NULL if
|
* Returns: (type filename): the filename to preview, or %NULL if
|
||||||
* no file is selected, or if the selected file cannot be represented
|
* no file is selected, or if the selected file cannot be represented
|
||||||
* as a local filename. Free with g_free()
|
* as a local filename. Free with g_free()
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
@ -1786,7 +1786,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_preview_filename (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
|
|||||||
* Gets the URI that should be previewed in a custom preview
|
* Gets the URI that should be previewed in a custom preview
|
||||||
* widget. See gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget().
|
* widget. See gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the URI for the file to preview, or %NULL if no file is
|
* Returns: the URI for the file to preview, or %NULL if no file is
|
||||||
* selected. Free with g_free().
|
* selected. Free with g_free().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
@ -1834,7 +1834,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_extra_widget (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
|
|||||||
* Gets the current preview widget; see
|
* Gets the current preview widget; see
|
||||||
* gtk_file_chooser_set_extra_widget().
|
* gtk_file_chooser_set_extra_widget().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): the current extra widget, or %NULL
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the current extra widget, or %NULL
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -1905,7 +1905,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_remove_filter (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
|
|||||||
* Lists the current set of user-selectable filters; see
|
* Lists the current set of user-selectable filters; see
|
||||||
* gtk_file_chooser_add_filter(), gtk_file_chooser_remove_filter().
|
* gtk_file_chooser_add_filter(), gtk_file_chooser_remove_filter().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (element-type GtkFileFilter) (transfer container): a
|
* Returns: (element-type GtkFileFilter) (transfer container): a
|
||||||
* #GSList containing the current set of user selectable filters. The
|
* #GSList containing the current set of user selectable filters. The
|
||||||
* contents of the list are owned by GTK+, but you must free the list
|
* contents of the list are owned by GTK+, but you must free the list
|
||||||
* itself with g_slist_free() when you are done with it.
|
* itself with g_slist_free() when you are done with it.
|
||||||
@ -1950,7 +1950,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_filter (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Gets the current filter; see gtk_file_chooser_set_filter().
|
* Gets the current filter; see gtk_file_chooser_set_filter().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): the current filter, or %NULL
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the current filter, or %NULL
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -1983,7 +1983,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_filter (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
|
|||||||
* application. For example, you can use this to add a
|
* application. For example, you can use this to add a
|
||||||
* “/usr/share/mydrawprogram/Clipart” folder to the volume list.
|
* “/usr/share/mydrawprogram/Clipart” folder to the volume list.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the folder could be added successfully, %FALSE
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the folder could be added successfully, %FALSE
|
||||||
* otherwise. In the latter case, the @error will be set as appropriate.
|
* otherwise. In the latter case, the @error will be set as appropriate.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
@ -2014,7 +2014,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_add_shortcut_folder (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Removes a folder from a file chooser’s list of shortcut folders.
|
* Removes a folder from a file chooser’s list of shortcut folders.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the operation succeeds, %FALSE otherwise.
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the operation succeeds, %FALSE otherwise.
|
||||||
* In the latter case, the @error will be set as appropriate.
|
* In the latter case, the @error will be set as appropriate.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* See also: gtk_file_chooser_add_shortcut_folder()
|
* See also: gtk_file_chooser_add_shortcut_folder()
|
||||||
@ -2046,7 +2046,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_remove_shortcut_folder (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
|
|||||||
* Queries the list of shortcut folders in the file chooser, as set by
|
* Queries the list of shortcut folders in the file chooser, as set by
|
||||||
* gtk_file_chooser_add_shortcut_folder().
|
* gtk_file_chooser_add_shortcut_folder().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (element-type filename) (transfer full): A list of
|
* Returns: (element-type filename) (transfer full): A list of
|
||||||
* folder filenames, or %NULL if there are no shortcut folders. Free
|
* folder filenames, or %NULL if there are no shortcut folders. Free
|
||||||
* the returned list with g_slist_free(), and the filenames with
|
* the returned list with g_slist_free(), and the filenames with
|
||||||
* g_free().
|
* g_free().
|
||||||
@ -2081,7 +2081,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_list_shortcut_folders (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
|
|||||||
* by the application. For example, you can use this to add a
|
* by the application. For example, you can use this to add a
|
||||||
* “file:///usr/share/mydrawprogram/Clipart” folder to the volume list.
|
* “file:///usr/share/mydrawprogram/Clipart” folder to the volume list.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the folder could be added successfully, %FALSE
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the folder could be added successfully, %FALSE
|
||||||
* otherwise. In the latter case, the @error will be set as appropriate.
|
* otherwise. In the latter case, the @error will be set as appropriate.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
@ -2112,7 +2112,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_add_shortcut_folder_uri (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Removes a folder URI from a file chooser’s list of shortcut folders.
|
* Removes a folder URI from a file chooser’s list of shortcut folders.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the operation succeeds, %FALSE otherwise.
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the operation succeeds, %FALSE otherwise.
|
||||||
* In the latter case, the @error will be set as appropriate.
|
* In the latter case, the @error will be set as appropriate.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* See also: gtk_file_chooser_add_shortcut_folder_uri()
|
* See also: gtk_file_chooser_add_shortcut_folder_uri()
|
||||||
@ -2144,7 +2144,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_remove_shortcut_folder_uri (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
|
|||||||
* Queries the list of shortcut folders in the file chooser, as set by
|
* Queries the list of shortcut folders in the file chooser, as set by
|
||||||
* gtk_file_chooser_add_shortcut_folder_uri().
|
* gtk_file_chooser_add_shortcut_folder_uri().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (element-type utf8) (transfer full): A list of folder
|
* Returns: (element-type utf8) (transfer full): A list of folder
|
||||||
* URIs, or %NULL if there are no shortcut folders. Free the returned
|
* URIs, or %NULL if there are no shortcut folders. Free the returned
|
||||||
* list with g_slist_free(), and the URIs with g_free().
|
* list with g_slist_free(), and the URIs with g_free().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
@ -2200,7 +2200,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_show_hidden (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
|
|||||||
* Gets whether hidden files and folders are displayed in the file selector.
|
* Gets whether hidden files and folders are displayed in the file selector.
|
||||||
* See gtk_file_chooser_set_show_hidden().
|
* See gtk_file_chooser_set_show_hidden().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if hidden files and folders are displayed.
|
* Returns: %TRUE if hidden files and folders are displayed.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.6
|
* Since: 2.6
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -2251,7 +2251,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_do_overwrite_confirmation (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
|
|||||||
* Queries whether a file chooser is set to confirm for overwriting when the user
|
* Queries whether a file chooser is set to confirm for overwriting when the user
|
||||||
* types a file name that already exists.
|
* types a file name that already exists.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the file chooser will present a confirmation dialog;
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the file chooser will present a confirmation dialog;
|
||||||
* %FALSE otherwise.
|
* %FALSE otherwise.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.8
|
* Since: 2.8
|
||||||
|
@ -3097,7 +3097,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_button_set_focus_on_click (GtkFileChooserButton *button,
|
|||||||
* Returns whether the button grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse.
|
* Returns whether the button grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse.
|
||||||
* See gtk_file_chooser_button_set_focus_on_click().
|
* See gtk_file_chooser_button_set_focus_on_click().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the button grabs focus when it is clicked with
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the button grabs focus when it is clicked with
|
||||||
* the mouse.
|
* the mouse.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.10
|
* Since: 2.10
|
||||||
|
@ -556,7 +556,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new_valist (const gchar *title,
|
|||||||
* Creates a new #GtkFileChooserDialog. This function is analogous to
|
* Creates a new #GtkFileChooserDialog. This function is analogous to
|
||||||
* gtk_dialog_new_with_buttons().
|
* gtk_dialog_new_with_buttons().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a new #GtkFileChooserDialog
|
* Returns: a new #GtkFileChooserDialog
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
|
@ -710,7 +710,7 @@ delete_text_callback (GtkFileChooserEntry *chooser_entry,
|
|||||||
* which is an entry with completion with respect to a
|
* which is an entry with completion with respect to a
|
||||||
* #GtkFileSystem object.
|
* #GtkFileSystem object.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the newly created #GtkFileChooserEntry
|
* Returns: the newly created #GtkFileChooserEntry
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
GtkWidget *
|
GtkWidget *
|
||||||
_gtk_file_chooser_entry_new (gboolean eat_tabs)
|
_gtk_file_chooser_entry_new (gboolean eat_tabs)
|
||||||
@ -764,7 +764,7 @@ _gtk_file_chooser_entry_set_base_folder (GtkFileChooserEntry *chooser_entry,
|
|||||||
* be different. If the user has entered unparsable text, or text which
|
* be different. If the user has entered unparsable text, or text which
|
||||||
* the entry cannot handle, this will return %NULL.
|
* the entry cannot handle, this will return %NULL.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the file for the current folder - you must g_object_unref()
|
* Returns: the file for the current folder - you must g_object_unref()
|
||||||
* the value after use.
|
* the value after use.
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
GFile *
|
GFile *
|
||||||
@ -785,7 +785,7 @@ _gtk_file_chooser_entry_get_current_folder (GtkFileChooserEntry *chooser_entry)
|
|||||||
* and if a filename path is needed, g_file_get_child_for_display_name()
|
* and if a filename path is needed, g_file_get_child_for_display_name()
|
||||||
* must be used
|
* must be used
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the entered filename - this value is owned by the
|
* Returns: the entered filename - this value is owned by the
|
||||||
* chooser entry and must not be modified or freed.
|
* chooser entry and must not be modified or freed.
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
const gchar *
|
const gchar *
|
||||||
|
@ -7670,7 +7670,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_widget_init (GtkFileChooserWidget *impl)
|
|||||||
* be embedded in custom windows, and it is the same widget that is used by
|
* be embedded in custom windows, and it is the same widget that is used by
|
||||||
* #GtkFileChooserDialog.
|
* #GtkFileChooserDialog.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a new #GtkFileChooserWidget
|
* Returns: a new #GtkFileChooserWidget
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
|
@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ gtk_file_filter_buildable_custom_tag_end (GtkBuildable *buildable,
|
|||||||
* gtk_file_filter_add_pattern (filter, "*");
|
* gtk_file_filter_add_pattern (filter, "*");
|
||||||
* ]|
|
* ]|
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a new #GtkFileFilter
|
* Returns: a new #GtkFileFilter
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ gtk_file_filter_set_name (GtkFileFilter *filter,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Gets the human-readable name for the filter. See gtk_file_filter_set_name().
|
* Gets the human-readable name for the filter. See gtk_file_filter_set_name().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: The human-readable name of the filter,
|
* Returns: The human-readable name of the filter,
|
||||||
* or %NULL. This value is owned by GTK+ and must not
|
* or %NULL. This value is owned by GTK+ and must not
|
||||||
* be modified or freed.
|
* be modified or freed.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
@ -540,7 +540,7 @@ gtk_file_filter_add_custom (GtkFileFilter *filter,
|
|||||||
* is intended principally for use in the implementation of
|
* is intended principally for use in the implementation of
|
||||||
* #GtkFileChooser.
|
* #GtkFileChooser.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: bitfield of flags indicating needed fields when
|
* Returns: bitfield of flags indicating needed fields when
|
||||||
* calling gtk_file_filter_filter()
|
* calling gtk_file_filter_filter()
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
@ -565,7 +565,7 @@ gtk_file_filter_get_needed (GtkFileFilter *filter)
|
|||||||
* is intended principally for use in the implementation of
|
* is intended principally for use in the implementation of
|
||||||
* #GtkFileChooser.
|
* #GtkFileChooser.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the file should be displayed
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the file should be displayed
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
|
@ -1392,7 +1392,7 @@ _gtk_file_system_model_new_valist (GtkFileSystemModelGetValue get_func,
|
|||||||
* to the list using _gtk_file_system_model_add_and_query_file()
|
* to the list using _gtk_file_system_model_add_and_query_file()
|
||||||
* or _gtk_file_system_model_update_file().
|
* or _gtk_file_system_model_update_file().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the newly created #GtkFileSystemModel
|
* Returns: the newly created #GtkFileSystemModel
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
GtkFileSystemModel *
|
GtkFileSystemModel *
|
||||||
_gtk_file_system_model_new (GtkFileSystemModelGetValue get_func,
|
_gtk_file_system_model_new (GtkFileSystemModelGetValue get_func,
|
||||||
@ -1429,7 +1429,7 @@ _gtk_file_system_model_new (GtkFileSystemModelGetValue get_func,
|
|||||||
* it will also monitor the drectory and update the model's
|
* it will also monitor the drectory and update the model's
|
||||||
* contents to reflect changes, if the @directory supports monitoring.
|
* contents to reflect changes, if the @directory supports monitoring.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the newly created #GtkFileSystemModel
|
* Returns: the newly created #GtkFileSystemModel
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
GtkFileSystemModel *
|
GtkFileSystemModel *
|
||||||
_gtk_file_system_model_new_for_directory (GFile * dir,
|
_gtk_file_system_model_new_for_directory (GFile * dir,
|
||||||
@ -1649,7 +1649,7 @@ _gtk_file_system_model_iter_is_filtered_out (GtkFileSystemModel *model,
|
|||||||
* Gets the #GFileInfo-struct for a particular row
|
* Gets the #GFileInfo-struct for a particular row
|
||||||
* of @model.
|
* of @model.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a #GFileInfo-struct. This value
|
* Returns: a #GFileInfo-struct. This value
|
||||||
* is owned by @model and must not be modified or freed.
|
* is owned by @model and must not be modified or freed.
|
||||||
* If you want to keep the information for later use,
|
* If you want to keep the information for later use,
|
||||||
* you must take a reference, since the #GFileInfo-struct may be
|
* you must take a reference, since the #GFileInfo-struct may be
|
||||||
@ -1679,7 +1679,7 @@ _gtk_file_system_model_get_info (GtkFileSystemModel *model,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Gets the file for a particular row in @model.
|
* Gets the file for a particular row in @model.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: the file. This object is owned by @model and
|
* Returns: the file. This object is owned by @model and
|
||||||
* or freed. If you want to save the path for later use,
|
* or freed. If you want to save the path for later use,
|
||||||
* you must take a ref, since the object may be freed
|
* you must take a ref, since the object may be freed
|
||||||
* on later changes to the file system.
|
* on later changes to the file system.
|
||||||
|
@ -4145,7 +4145,7 @@ gtk_flow_box_set_vadjustment (GtkFlowBox *box,
|
|||||||
* Returns whether the box is homogeneous (all children are the
|
* Returns whether the box is homogeneous (all children are the
|
||||||
* same size). See gtk_box_set_homogeneous().
|
* same size). See gtk_box_set_homogeneous().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the box is homogeneous.
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the box is homogeneous.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.12
|
* Since: 3.12
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
@ -854,7 +854,7 @@ gtk_font_button_set_use_size (GtkFontButton *font_button,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Returns whether the name of the font style will be shown in the label.
|
* Returns whether the name of the font style will be shown in the label.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: whether the font style will be shown in the label.
|
* Returns: whether the font style will be shown in the label.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
@ -899,7 +899,7 @@ gtk_font_button_set_show_style (GtkFontButton *font_button,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Returns whether the font size will be shown in the label.
|
* Returns whether the font size will be shown in the label.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: whether the font size will be shown in the label.
|
* Returns: whether the font size will be shown in the label.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 2.4
|
* Since: 2.4
|
||||||
**/
|
**/
|
||||||
|
@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ gtk_font_chooser_default_init (GtkFontChooserInterface *iface)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* If the selected font is not installed, returns %NULL.
|
* If the selected font is not installed, returns %NULL.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): A #PangoFontFamily representing the
|
* Returns: (transfer none): A #PangoFontFamily representing the
|
||||||
* selected font family, or %NULL. The returned object is owned by @fontchooser
|
* selected font family, or %NULL. The returned object is owned by @fontchooser
|
||||||
* and must not be modified or freed.
|
* and must not be modified or freed.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ gtk_font_chooser_get_font_family (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* If the selected font is not installed, returns %NULL.
|
* If the selected font is not installed, returns %NULL.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer none): A #PangoFontFace representing the
|
* Returns: (transfer none): A #PangoFontFace representing the
|
||||||
* selected font group details, or %NULL. The returned object is owned by
|
* selected font group details, or %NULL. The returned object is owned by
|
||||||
* @fontchooser and must not be modified or freed.
|
* @fontchooser and must not be modified or freed.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ gtk_font_chooser_get_font_face (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* The selected font size.
|
* The selected font size.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: A n integer representing the selected font size,
|
* Returns: A n integer representing the selected font size,
|
||||||
* or -1 if no font size is selected.
|
* or -1 if no font size is selected.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.2
|
* Since: 3.2
|
||||||
@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ gtk_font_chooser_get_font_size (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser)
|
|||||||
* Use pango_font_description_equal() if you want to compare two
|
* Use pango_font_description_equal() if you want to compare two
|
||||||
* font descriptions.
|
* font descriptions.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer full) (allow-none): A string with the name
|
* Returns: (transfer full) (allow-none): A string with the name
|
||||||
* of the current font, or %NULL if no font is selected. You must
|
* of the current font, or %NULL if no font is selected. You must
|
||||||
* free this string with g_free().
|
* free this string with g_free().
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ gtk_font_chooser_set_font (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser,
|
|||||||
* Use pango_font_description_equal() if you want to compare two
|
* Use pango_font_description_equal() if you want to compare two
|
||||||
* font descriptions.
|
* font descriptions.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer full) (allow-none): A #PangoFontDescription for the
|
* Returns: (transfer full) (allow-none): A #PangoFontDescription for the
|
||||||
* current font, or %NULL if no font is selected.
|
* current font, or %NULL if no font is selected.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.2
|
* Since: 3.2
|
||||||
@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ gtk_font_chooser_set_font_desc (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Gets the text displayed in the preview area.
|
* Gets the text displayed in the preview area.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: (transfer full): the text displayed in the
|
* Returns: (transfer full): the text displayed in the
|
||||||
* preview area
|
* preview area
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.2
|
* Since: 3.2
|
||||||
@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ gtk_font_chooser_set_preview_text (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser,
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Returns whether the preview entry is shown or not.
|
* Returns whether the preview entry is shown or not.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: %TRUE if the preview entry is shown
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the preview entry is shown
|
||||||
* or %FALSE if it is hidden.
|
* or %FALSE if it is hidden.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.2
|
* Since: 3.2
|
||||||
|
@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ G_GNUC_END_IGNORE_DEPRECATIONS
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Creates a new #GtkFontChooserDialog.
|
* Creates a new #GtkFontChooserDialog.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a new #GtkFontChooserDialog
|
* Returns: a new #GtkFontChooserDialog
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.2
|
* Since: 3.2
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
@ -563,7 +563,7 @@ gtk_font_chooser_widget_init (GtkFontChooserWidget *fontchooser)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Creates a new #GtkFontChooserWidget.
|
* Creates a new #GtkFontChooserWidget.
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Return value: a new #GtkFontChooserWidget
|
* Returns: a new #GtkFontChooserWidget
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* Since: 3.2
|
* Since: 3.2
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More
Loading…
Reference in New Issue
Block a user